Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022171173A1 - 一种侧行链路通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种侧行链路通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022171173A1
WO2022171173A1 PCT/CN2022/075845 CN2022075845W WO2022171173A1 WO 2022171173 A1 WO2022171173 A1 WO 2022171173A1 CN 2022075845 W CN2022075845 W CN 2022075845W WO 2022171173 A1 WO2022171173 A1 WO 2022171173A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
timer
communication device
harq feedback
information
drx
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/075845
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘俊
刘南南
谢曦
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2023548360A priority Critical patent/JP2024507760A/ja
Priority to EP22752333.9A priority patent/EP4284074A4/en
Publication of WO2022171173A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022171173A1/zh
Priority to US18/446,784 priority patent/US20230389047A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/25—Control channels or signalling for resource management between terminals via a wireless link, e.g. sidelink
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0212—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave
    • H04W52/0216—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave using a pre-established activity schedule, e.g. traffic indication frame
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1848—Time-out mechanisms
    • H04L1/1851—Time-out mechanisms using multiple timers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0212—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave
    • H04W52/0219—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave where the power saving management affects multiple terminals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0229—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal where the received signal is a wanted signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0261—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managing power supply demand, e.g. depending on battery level
    • H04W52/0274—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managing power supply demand, e.g. depending on battery level by switching on or off the equipment or parts thereof
    • H04W52/028—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managing power supply demand, e.g. depending on battery level by switching on or off the equipment or parts thereof switching on or off only a part of the equipment circuit blocks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L2001/0092—Error control systems characterised by the topology of the transmission link
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28—Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a sidelink communication method and apparatus.
  • a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism is introduced to control the UE to monitor the physical downlink control.
  • Channel physical downlink control channel, PDCCH
  • the UE will always monitor the PDCCH to see if there is information from the serving cell.
  • the UE does not always interact with the network for effective information, does not always perform upload or download services, and does not always transmit voice data during a call. If there is no data exchange between the UE and the network, the UE continues to monitor the PDCCH, which obviously consumes electricity.
  • DRX a mechanism designed to save UE power.
  • the UE can periodically enter the sleep state (sleep mode) at certain times.
  • the UE does not need to continuously monitor the PDCCH, but when it needs to monitor, it wakes up from the sleep state (wake up), so that The UE can achieve the purpose of power saving. Although doing so has a certain impact on the delay of data transmission.
  • the delay is controlled within the acceptable user experience range, it makes sense to perform DRX to save power consumption.
  • Uu DRX for short.
  • a DRX mechanism is also proposed, which can be referred to as SL DRX for short.
  • SL DRX a DRX mechanism
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a sidelink communication method and apparatus, so that a communication device can make better use of Uu DRX and/or SL DRX and save power consumption of a terminal device.
  • a first aspect provides a sidelink communication method, comprising: a first communication device receiving sidelink control information from a second communication device; the first communication device according to the sidelink SL hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ Feedback resource, start the first timer, and the SL HARQ feedback resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; optionally, the first communication device according to the first timer , start or not start the second timer; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer is used to indicate that the resources for SL retransmission are received The maximum time required for configuration information or authorization information.
  • the TX UE and the RX UE can start the first timer and the second timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resources, so that the alignment can be achieved.
  • Both the first timer and the second timer are started to avoid the occurrence of the first timer and the second timer when the TX UE sends a NACK to the base station, but the RX UE side does not start the first timer because it fails to send HARQ feedback.
  • the timer and the second timer, the RX UE is in a sleep state, and the RX UE cannot receive the SL data retransmitted by the TX UE, resulting in the problem of packet loss on the RX UE side.
  • the first communication device starts the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource, including: the first communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource; Or, the first communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit in the configured SL HARQ feedback resource; or, the first communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resource or, the first communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit after the configured SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device stops the second timer.
  • the first communication device starts the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource, including: the first communication device fails to send or fails to send HARQ feedback, and the HARQ feedback is a positive acknowledgment ACK or a negative acknowledgment NACK ; The first communication device starts the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource.
  • the first communication device activates or deactivates the second timer according to the first timer, including: when the first timer expires, if the first communication device succeeds or fails to decode the sidelink The first communication device starts the second timer, or when the first timer times out, the first communication device starts the second timer.
  • the first communication device starts or does not start the second timer according to the first timer, including: when the first timer times out, the first communication device fails to send or fails to send the HARQ feedback , the first communication device starts the second timer, and the HARQ feedback is ACK or NACK; or, when the first timer expires, the first communication device successfully sends or sends HARQ feedback, and the HARQ feedback is NACK, the first communication device Start the second timer.
  • the first communication device fails to send or fails to send the HARQ feedback, including: the first communication device fails to send or fails to send the HARQ feedback due to prioritization or conflict.
  • the first communication device starts the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource, including: the first communication device successfully or fails to send the HARQ feedback of the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI; the first communication The device starts the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource.
  • the first communication device starts or does not start the second timer according to the first timer, including: when the first timer times out, the first communication device starts the second timer. (The second timer is started regardless of whether the SL data is successfully decoded)
  • a sidelink communication method including: a second communication device sends sidelink control information to a first communication device; the second communication device starts a first timer according to SL HARQ feedback resources; Two communication devices start or not start the second timer according to the first timer; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer is used for Indicates the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the second communication device starts the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource, including: the second communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource; Or, the second communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit in the configured SL HARQ feedback resources; or, the second communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resources or, the second communication device starts the first timer in the first time unit after the configured SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the method further includes: the second communication device stops the second timer.
  • the second communication device starts or does not start the second timer according to the first timer, including: when the first timer times out, the second communication device starts the second timer.
  • the second communication device activates or deactivates the second timer according to the first timer, including: when the first timer expires, if the second communication device successfully receives the HARQ feedback, the HARQ The feedback includes the HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information, and the HARQ feedback is NACK, or the second communication device fails to receive the HARQ feedback, or the second communication device reports to the third When the communication device sends HARQ feedback and the HARQ feedback is NACK, the second communication device starts a second timer.
  • the third communication device may be a network device of the second communication device.
  • a third aspect provides a sidelink communication method, including: a first communication device sending sidelink control information to a second communication device; the first communication device determines that HARQ feedback is not received, and the HARQ feedback includes the sidelink HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the channel control information or the sidelink control information; the first communication device sends first information to the second communication device, where the first information is used to indicate that the first communication device has not received the HARQ feedback.
  • the TX UE can Send indication information to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE receives the indication information, when the first timer expires, regardless of whether the data is successfully decoded, the second timer is started, so that the RX UE can be in an awake state, and the retransmission sent by the TX UE can be received to avoid Packet loss on the RX UE side.
  • the first communication device determining that the HARQ feedback has not been received includes: the first communication device has not received the HARQ feedback due to a conflict of transmission and reception or prioritization.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: a second communication device receiving sidelink control information from a first communication device; and the second communication device sending HARQ feedback to the first communication device, where the HARQ feedback includes HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; the second communication device receives the first indication information from the first communication device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication device does not receive it to HARQ feedback.
  • the method further includes: after the second communication device sends the HARQ feedback, starting a fifth timer, and during the running of the fifth timer, the second communication device is in the active time.
  • the first communication device does not receive the HARQ feedback, including: the first communication device does not receive the HARQ feedback due to a conflict of transmission and reception or prioritization.
  • the method further includes: starting the first timer when or after the second communication device sends the HARQ feedback; or, starting the first time unit after the second communication device sends the HARQ feedback timer.
  • the method further includes: when the first timer times out, the second communication device starts a second timer.
  • a fifth aspect provides a sidelink communication method, comprising: a first communication device sending sidelink control information to a second communication device; the first communication device determines that HARQ feedback is not received, and the HARQ feedback includes the sidelink HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the channel control information or the sidelink control information; the first communication device sends the second information, or NACK and the second information to the third communication device; wherein the second information is used to indicate the first communication The device has not received HARQ feedback, or the second information is used to instruct the third communication device not to schedule new SL transmission or retransmission of other HARQ processes for SL during the running period of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK, The second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the TX UE may report NACK to the base station.
  • the improvement of the present application is that in addition to reporting NACK to the base station, the TX UE also reports second information to the base station, which is used to instruct the base station to schedule only the current HARQ process during the running period of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK. retransmission.
  • the RX UE can start the first timer.
  • the RX UE does not successfully decode the data, that is, when the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is NACK, the RX UE starts the second timer.
  • the RX UE will not start the second timer.
  • the TX UE since the TX UE does not receive the HARQ feedback from the RX UE, the TX UE does not know whether the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is NACK or ACK. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, in the above case, the TX UE no longer distinguishes whether the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is ACK or NACK, and the TX UE sends the second information to the base station uniformly to instruct the base station to only schedule the current SL HARQ process. Retransmission, no new SL transmissions or retransmissions of other SL processes are scheduled. Accordingly, the TX UE only sends the retransmission of the current SL HARQ process to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE will start the second timer on the SL DRX, and the RX UE can receive the retransmission of the current SL HARQ process sent by the TX UE. If the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is ACK, the RX UE may not receive the retransmission of the current SL HARQ process, but since the HARQ feedback fed back by the RX UE is ACK, the data representing the corresponding SL process has been RX in the previous transmission. The UE successfully decodes it, and it cannot be received during the current transmission process, and there is no problem.
  • the third communication device may be a network device of the first communication device.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: a third communication device receiving second information from a first communication device, or NACK and the second information; wherein the second information is used to indicate the first communication device No HARQ feedback is received, or the second information is used to instruct the third communication device not to schedule new SL transmission or retransmission of other HARQ processes for SL during the running period of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK.
  • the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or the authorization information retransmitted by the SL; the third communication device does not schedule new SL transmission or other functions for the operation of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK. Retransmission of HARQ process of SL.
  • the third communication device may be a network device of the first communication device.
  • a seventh aspect provides a sidelink communication method, comprising: a first communication device receiving first DRX configuration information and/or first time interval information from a second communication device, where the first DRX is configured so that the communication device communicates with the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information.
  • DRX configuration between the three communication devices the first time interval is the time interval between the first resource and the second resource
  • the first resource is the resource for the second communication device to send SL HARQ feedback to the third communication device
  • the second resource is the first resource.
  • a communication device sends SL HARQ feedback resources to the second communication device; the first communication device determines the second DRX configuration according to the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information, and the second DRX configuration is the first communication device and the DRX configuration between the second communication devices; or, the first communication device sends the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information to its third communication device.
  • the configuration of the SL DRX can be matched with the configuration of the Uu DRX, so as to prevent the RX UE from not receiving the first communication of the base station in the Uu DRX.
  • the third communication device may be a network device of the second communication device.
  • the first time interval includes a minimum value of the time interval between the first resource and the second resource.
  • the method further includes: when the configuration of the first DRX does not match the configuration of the second DRX, the first communication device sends first information to the second communication device, where the first information is used to notify the second DRX The configuration of the first DRX of the communication device does not match the configuration of the second DRX.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device sends first request information to the second communication device, where the first request information is used to request the second communication device to send the configuration information of the first DRX to the first communication device and/or first time interval information.
  • the configuration of the first DRX includes the configuration of the third timer and the configuration of the fourth timer
  • the configuration of the second DRX includes the configuration of the first timer and the configuration of the second timer ; wherein, the first timer and/or the third timer are used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer and/or the fourth timer are used to indicate that the received The maximum time required for the SL to retransmit resource configuration information or authorization information.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: a second communication device determining configuration information and/or first time interval information of a first DRX, where the first DRX is configured as a second communication device and a third communication device
  • the first time interval is the time interval between the first resource and the second resource
  • the first resource is the resource for the second communication device to send SL HARQ feedback to the third communication device
  • the second resource is the first communication device.
  • the third communication device may be a network device of the second communication device.
  • the first time interval includes the minimum value of the time interval between the first resource and the second resource.
  • the method further includes: the second communication device receives first information from the first communication device, where the first information is used to notify the second communication device that the configuration of the first DRX does not match the configuration of the second DRX , the second DRX is configured as the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device, the second DRX is configured for SL communication between the first communication device and the second communication device, or the second DRX is configured for the first communication device
  • the communication device receives the information sent by the second communication device.
  • the second communication device when the first condition is satisfied, sends the configuration information of the first DRX and/or the first time interval information to the first communication device.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following: the first time interval changes; the change amount of the first time interval is greater than the first threshold; the configuration information of the first DRX changes; The amount of change in the configuration information is greater than the second threshold.
  • the method further includes: the second communication device receives first request information from the first communication device, where the first request information is used to request the second communication device to send the configuration of the first DRX to the first communication device information and/or first time interval information.
  • the configuration of the first DRX includes the configuration of the third timer and the configuration of the fourth timer
  • the configuration of the second DRX includes the configuration of the first timer and the configuration of the second timer ; wherein, the first timer and/or the third timer are used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer and/or the fourth timer are used to indicate that the received The maximum time required for the SL to retransmit resource configuration information or authorization information.
  • a ninth aspect provides a sidelink communication method, comprising: a first communication device receiving second information from a third communication device, where the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, the SL HARQ feedback resources The HARQ feedback for the first communication device to send the SL to the third communication device; the first communication device sends third information to the second communication device according to the second information, and the third information is used to notify the second DRX to start or not to Start the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process, or the third information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources; and/or, the first communication device determines, according to the second information, Start or not start the third timer and/or the fourth timer corresponding to the SL process on the DRX, and/or determine whether to start or not start the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process on the second DRX device.
  • the first DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the third communication device
  • the second DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device
  • the first timer and/or the third timer are used to indicate the desired
  • the minimum duration before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information used for SL retransmission, the second timer and/or the fourth timer are used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the TX UE as the first communication device and the RX UE as the second communication device as an example, it can be avoided that when the RX UE does not know that a certain SL HARQ process is not configured with PUCCH resources, and the TX UE is not started on Uu DRX
  • the corresponding first timer and s1 second timer are used, when the RX UE itself starts the corresponding second timer on the SL DRX, the power consumption of the RX UE is wasted.
  • the third communication device may be a network device of the first communication device.
  • the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, including: the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback for the first SL process or the first SL transport block TB resource.
  • the third information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the second DRX to start the first timer and/or the second timer, or, The third information is used to indicate the existence of SL HARQ feedback resources; and/or, when the first condition is satisfied, the first communication device starts the third timer and/or the fourth timer corresponding to the SL process on the first DRX, and /or, when the second condition is satisfied, the first communication device starts the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process on the second DRX.
  • the second information when the second information indicates that there is no SL HARQ feedback resource, the second information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the second DRX not to start the first timer and/or the second timer; Alternatively, the second information is used to indicate that there is no SL HARQ feedback resource; and/or, when the first communication device satisfies the first condition, the first DRX does not start the third timer and/or the fourth timer corresponding to the SL process timer, and/or, when the second condition is satisfied, the first communication device does not start the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process on the second DRX.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: a second communication device receiving third information from a first communication device, where the third information is used for notifying to start or not to start a corresponding SL process on the second DRX
  • the first timer and/or the second timer, or the third information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources
  • the second communication device determines, according to the third information, to activate or not to activate the corresponding The first timer and/or the second timer of the SL process, the second DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device, and the first timer is used to indicate the resource configuration information or authorization expected to be used for SL retransmission
  • the minimum duration before the information arrives, and the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the second terminal device starts the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process when the third condition is satisfied.
  • the second communication device when the third information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the second DRX not to start the first timer and/or the second timer, or the third information is used to indicate that there is SL HARQ feedback resource, the second communication device does not start the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process when the third condition is satisfied.
  • a sidelink communication apparatus where the communication apparatus may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned first aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • it includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive sidelink control information from the second communication device; and a processing unit, configured to request HARQ feedback according to the sidelink SL hybrid automatic repeater resource, starting a first timer, and the SL HARQ feedback resource is used for transmitting the HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; the processing unit is further used for The second timer is activated or deactivated according to the first timer; wherein the first timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the The second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the starting the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource includes: starting the first timer in the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource; In the first time unit in the configured SL HARQ feedback resource, start the first timer; or, in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resource, start the first timer; or, in the In the first time unit after the configured SL HARQ feedback resources, start the first timer.
  • the starting the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource includes: the HARQ feedback is not successfully sent or not sent, and the HARQ feedback is a positive acknowledgment ACK or a negative acknowledgment NACK; according to The SL HARQ feedback resource starts the first timer.
  • starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: when the first timer expires, decoding the sidelink successfully or unsuccessfully For the control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information, the first communication device starts the second timer, or starts the second timer when the first timer times out.
  • starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: when the first timer expires, the HARQ feedback is not successfully sent or not sent , the first communication device starts the second timer, and the HARQ feedback is ACK or NACK; or, when the first timer expires, the HARQ feedback is successfully sent or sent, and the HARQ feedback is NACK, the first communication device starts the second timer.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a second communication device or a chip in the second communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned second aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • a transceiver unit configured to send sidelink control information to the first communication device; a processing unit, configured to start a first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource; the The processing unit is further configured to start or not to start a second timer according to the first timer; wherein the first timer is used to indicate the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission before the arrival of the minimum value duration, the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: when the first timer times out, if the second communication device successfully receives HARQ feedback, the HARQ feedback includes the HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information, and the HARQ feedback is NACK, or the second communication device fails to receive the HARQ feedback the HARQ feedback, or the second communication device sends the HARQ feedback to the third communication device and the HARQ feedback is NACK, the second communication device starts the second timer.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned third aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the method includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send sidelink control information to the second communication device; a processing unit, configured to determine that no HARQ feedback is received, where the HARQ feedback includes the HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; the transceiver unit is further configured to send first information to the second communication device, where the first information is used to indicate the The first communication device does not receive the HARQ feedback.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a second communication device or a chip in the second communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned fourth aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the method includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive sidelink control information from the first communication device; the transceiver unit, further configured to send HARQ feedback to the first communication device, so The HARQ feedback includes the sidelink control information or the HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the first communication device , the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication device has not received the HARQ feedback.
  • the method further includes: a processing unit, configured to start a fifth timer after sending the HARQ feedback, and during the running of the fifth timer, the second communication device is activated time.
  • the not receiving the HARQ feedback includes: not receiving the HARQ feedback due to a conflict of transmission and reception or prioritization.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: start a first timer when or after sending the HARQ feedback; or start the first time unit after sending the HARQ feedback a timer.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: start a second timer when the first timer times out.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned fifth aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the method includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send sidelink control information to the second communication device; a processing unit, configured to determine that no HARQ feedback is received, where the HARQ feedback includes the HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; the transceiver unit is further configured to send the second information, or the NACK and the second information to the third communication device; wherein, The second information is used to indicate that the first communication device has not received the HARQ feedback, or the second information is used to indicate to the third communication device at the second timing of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK During the running of the server, new SL transmission or retransmission of other HARQ processes for SL is not scheduled, and the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a third communication device or a chip in the third communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned sixth aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive second information from a first communication device, or NACK and second information; wherein the second information is used to indicate the first The communication device does not receive HARQ feedback, or the second information is used to instruct the third communication device not to schedule new SL transmission or other use for SL during the running period of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK
  • the retransmission of the HARQ process, the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL; the processing unit is used for the second timing of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK During the operation of the SL, no new SL transmissions or retransmissions of other HARQ processes for SL are scheduled.
  • a seventeenth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned seventh aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive first DRX configuration information and/or first time interval information from a second communication device, where the first DRX is configured so that the communication device communicates with DRX configuration between third communication devices, the first time interval is the time interval between the first resource and the second resource, and the first resource is the resource for the second communication device to send SL HARQ feedback to the third communication device,
  • the second resource is the resource that the first communication device sends SL HARQ feedback to the second communication device;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information according to the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first communication device to its third communication device DRX configuration information and/or first time interval information.
  • the first time interval includes a minimum value of the time interval between the first resource and the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first information to the second communication device when the configuration of the first DRX does not match the configuration of the second DRX, the The first information is used to notify the second communication device that the configuration of the first DRX does not match the configuration of the second DRX.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send first request information to the second communication device, where the first request information is used to request the second communication device to send the first request to the first communication device.
  • the communication device sends the configuration information and/or the first time interval information of the first DRX.
  • the configuration of the first DRX includes the configuration of the third timer and the configuration of the fourth timer
  • the configuration of the second DRX includes the configuration of the first timer and the second timer Configuration of timers; wherein the first timer and/or the third timer are used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer and/or the /or the fourth timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required for receiving the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • a sidelink communication apparatus is provided, where the communication apparatus may be a second communication device or a chip in the second communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned eighth aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the method includes: a processing unit configured to determine configuration information and/or first time interval information of a first DRX, where the first DRX is configured as the second communication device and the third DRX configuration between communication devices, the first time interval is the time interval between the first resource and the second resource, the first resource is the resource for the second communication device to send SL HARQ feedback to the third communication device, the The second resource is the resource for the first communication device to send SL HARQ feedback to the second communication device; the transceiver unit is configured to send the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information to the first communication device.
  • the first time interval includes a minimum value of the time interval between the first resource and the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive first information from the first communication device, where the first information is used to notify the second communication device of the first DRX
  • the configuration of the second DRX does not match the configuration of the second DRX
  • the second DRX is configured as the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device
  • the configuration of the second DRX is used for the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • SL communication between two communication devices, or the second DRX is configured for the first communication device to receive information sent by the second communication device.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned ninth aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive second information from a third communication device, where the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, the SL
  • the HARQ feedback resource is used by the first communication device to send the HARQ feedback of the SL to the third communication device;
  • the processing unit is configured to send third information to the second communication device according to the second information, and the third information is used
  • the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process is notified to start or not start on the second DRX, or the third information is used to indicate the presence or absence of the SL HARQ feedback resource; and/or, all
  • the processing unit is further configured to, according to the second information, determine whether to start the third timer and/or the fourth timer corresponding to the SL process on the first DRX, and/or determine whether to start the third timer and/or the fourth timer on the second DRX
  • the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, including: the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of the first SL process or the first SL transport block TB There are SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • a twentieth aspect provides a sidelink communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a second communication device or a chip in the second communication device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above tenth aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the method includes: a transceiving unit, configured to receive third information from the first communication device, where the third information is used to notify the user to start or not to start the corresponding SL process on the second DRX.
  • the first timer and/or the second timer, or the third information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources; the processing unit is configured to determine to start on the second DRX according to the third information or do not start the first timer and/or the second timer of the corresponding SL process, the second DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device, and the first timer is used for Indicates the minimum duration before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information for SL retransmission.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, So that the apparatus performs the functions of the respective implementation methods in the above-mentioned first to tenth aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, including a unit or means for performing each step of each implementation method of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit, where the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the implementation methods of the first to tenth aspects above .
  • the processor includes one or more.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor that is connected to a memory and used to call a program stored in the memory to execute the implementations of the first to tenth aspects above method.
  • the memory may be located within the device or external to the device.
  • the processor includes one or more.
  • embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the above-mentioned first to tenth aspects are Each implementation method is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer product includes a computer program, and when the computer program runs, the implementation methods of the above-mentioned first to tenth aspects are executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor configured to execute the implementation methods of the foregoing first to tenth aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including a first communication device for implementing any of the above aspects, and a second communication device for any of the above-mentioned aspects.
  • a third communication device of any one of the above-mentioned aspects may also be included.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a DRX cycle provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of a scenario provided by Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • FIG. 2C is a flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a scenario provided by Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by Embodiment 3 of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a scenario provided by Embodiment 3 of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by Embodiment 5 of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a scenario provided by Embodiment 5 of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 shows a communication system 100 to which the embodiments of the present application can be applied.
  • the communication system 100 may be a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, a fifth generation ( 5th generation, 5G) communication system, a new radio (new radio, NR) communication system, and may also be a machine to machine (machine to machine) system , M2M) communication system, vehicle networking communication system, device to device (device to device, D2D) communication system, sixth generation and subsequent future evolution communication systems, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • new radio new radio
  • M2M machine to machine
  • vehicle networking communication system device to device (device to device, D2D) communication system
  • D2D device to device
  • sixth generation and subsequent future evolution communication systems etc.
  • the communication system 100 may include: two or more terminal devices 101 .
  • the communication between the terminal device 101 and the terminal device 101 may be performed through a wireless interface (eg, a PC5 interface).
  • a wireless interface eg, a PC5 interface
  • the link for transmitting data between the terminal device 101 and the terminal device 101 may be called SL.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • D2D vehicle-to-everything
  • V2X refers to the connection of vehicles to the network or the network of vehicles, including 4 different types of applications, namely vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-network (vehicle to network, V2N), and vehicle to pedestrian (V2P), etc.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2N vehicle-to-network
  • V2P vehicle to pedestrian
  • vehicles, roadside infrastructure, application servers and pedestrians can collect, process and share status information of surrounding vehicles and environments to provide more intelligent services such as unmanned driving, Automated driving, driver assistance, intelligent driving, connected driving, intelligent network driving, and car sharing, etc.
  • the terminal device 101 may be a vehicle-mounted terminal.
  • data can be exchanged between the vehicle terminal and the vehicle terminal through SL, such as vehicle position, vehicle speed, driving direction and other data indicating vehicle dynamics.
  • the in-vehicle terminal A may send SL data to another in-vehicle terminal B through the SL, where the SL data is used to indicate the content expressed by the above data.
  • the content displayed in the user interface of the in-vehicle terminal B may be "the license plate number of the following vehicle A ("FAF787"), the driving operation being performed by the following vehicle A ("the following vehicle FAF787 is performing an overtaking operation"), the following The current speed of vehicle A (“80km/h”), etc.
  • FAF787 license plate number of the following vehicle A
  • 80km/h The current speed of vehicle A
  • the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 may further include a network device 102 .
  • the communication interface between the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 is a Uu air interface.
  • the network device 102 can communicate with the terminal device 101 through the Uu air interface under the control of a network device controller (not shown), such as a base station controller (base station controller, BSC).
  • a network device controller not shown
  • BSC base station controller
  • a main resource allocation method for SL communication is a resource allocation method based on scheduling by network equipment (eg, a base station).
  • the base station sends downlink control information (DCI) in the PDCCH to dynamically allocate resources, and the transmitting user equipment (transmit user equipment, TX UE) needs to monitor the PDCCH to obtain the downlink control information of the base station.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • TX UE transmit user equipment
  • DRX discontinuous reception
  • a network device configures a DRX cycle (DRX cycle) for a UE in a radio control resource (RRC) connected state.
  • the DRX cycle consists of two time periods "On Duration” and “Opportunity for DRX".
  • "On Duration” can be called a duration
  • "Opportunity for DRX” can be called a DRX opportunity.
  • the UE monitors and receives the PDCCH.
  • the UE does not monitor the PDCCH to reduce power consumption.
  • On Duration (such as 10ms) specifies the time that the UE needs to monitor the PDCCH from the start of the DRX Cycle.
  • On Duration can be greater than 1ms or less than 1ms.
  • On Duration the UE is in an awake state, that is, the UE monitors the PDCCH.
  • Opportunity for DRX the UE is in a dormant state, that is, the UE does not monitor the PDCCH.
  • the dormant state is only for monitoring the PDCCH, indicating that the UE does not monitor the PDCCH.
  • the UE in the dormant state is still in the RRC connected state, and can transmit uplink data through the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), etc. on the Uu air interface or through the physical downlink.
  • the shared channel (physicaldownlink shared channel, PDSCH) receives the downlink data sent by the base station, and can also pass the physical sidelink shared channel (physicalSidelink shared channel, PSSCH), physical sidelink control channel (physicalSidelink control channel) on the PC5 interface, PSCCH) etc. to transmit SL data.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the base station schedules retransmission resources for the TXUE according to the HARQ feedback (feedback) of the SL data transmission.
  • HARQ feedback can be negative acknowledgment (NACK) or positive acknowledgment (ACK).
  • NACK negative acknowledgment
  • ACK positive acknowledgment
  • the base station schedules resources for retransmission of data a, and issues an SL grant for retransmission of data a on the PDCCH.
  • the Tx UE When the HARQ confirmation of data a sent by the Tx UE to the base station is NACK, the Tx UE needs to receive the PDCCH sent by the base station for scheduling the retransmission of data a to perform the retransmission of data a.
  • the TX UE may have entered the "opportunity for DRX" state and no longer monitor the PDCCH.
  • the TX UE needs to wait until the "On Duration" of the next DRX cycle to monitor the PDCCH, to receive the PDCCH sent by the base station for scheduling the retransmission of data a, and then retransmit data a. This will cause the data retransmission of the TX UE on the SL to be delayed, resulting in that the quality of service (QoS) requirements of the services transmitted on the SL cannot be satisfied.
  • QoS quality of service
  • timers are introduced: RTT timer and retransmission timer.
  • the TX UE sends HARQ feedback to the base station using the PUCCH resource, it starts the RTT timer.
  • the RTT timer times out and the TX UE fails to decode the data, that is, when the sent HARQ feedback is NACK, the retransmission timer is started.
  • the TX UE monitors the PDCCH, which can prevent the TX UE from monitoring the PDCCH during the "on duration" period in the next DRX cycle, thereby reducing the transmission delay of SL data.
  • the DRX mechanism between the base station and the TX UE has been described, and the DRX may be called Uu DRX. It can be seen that in Uu DRX, when the TX UE sends HARQ feedback to the base station, the RTT timer is started. And when the RTT timer expires and the decoding data fails, the retransmission timer is started. At present, between the TX UE and the receiving user equipment (receive user equipment, RX UE), a mechanism of SL DRX is proposed. RTT timer and retransmission timer also exist in SL DRX.
  • the RX UE may start the RTT timer when sending HARQ feedback. When the RTT timer times out and the RX UE does not successfully decode the data, the RX UE can start the retransmission timer.
  • the TX UE will feed back NACK to the base station.
  • the base station receives the above-mentioned NACK, it will reallocate the SL retransmission resources and indicate to the TX UE through DCI. Subsequent TX UEs retransmit SL data to RX UEs on the allocated SL retransmission resources.
  • the RX UE since the RX UE fails to send HARQ feedback, if the above Uu DRX design is followed, the RX UE will not be able to successfully start the RTT timer and retransmission timer, then the RX UE may be in a sleep state, so the RX UE The SL data retransmitted by the TX UE cannot be received, causing packet loss on the RX UE side.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a solution.
  • the conditions for starting the RTT timer and the retransmission timer by the RX UE are modified, and the conditions for starting the RTT timer and the retransmission timer are not dependent on the successful sending of the HARQ.
  • the method is specifically as follows: when the RX UE receives the SCI sent by the TX UE, it starts the RTT timer according to the resources used for transmitting SL HARQ feedback, such as the resources of the PSFCH; the RX UE starts the retransmission timer according to the RTT timer.
  • the RX UE can also start the retransmission timer when the HARQ feedback is not successfully sent, so that the RX UE can be in an awake state and avoid packet loss on the RX UE side.
  • Example 1 For the specific introduction of this scheme, please refer to the following Example 1.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide the following solutions.
  • the TX UE may also cause a loss if it fails to receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback due to its own transmission and reception conflict or prioritization. package problem. For example, if the TX UE does not receive the above HARQ feedback due to transmission and reception conflicts or prioritization, the TX UE will send a NACK to the base station, and the base station will re-allocate SL resources for the SL transmission between the TX UE and the RX UE, and then the TX UE will allocate SL resources. On the SL resource of the RX UE, send SL data to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE will start the RTT timer when sending HARQ; when the RTT timer times out and the sent HARQ feedback is NACK, the RX UE will start the retransmission timer. If the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is ACK, the RX UE will not start the retransmission timer.
  • the TX UE since the TX UE does not receive the above-mentioned ACK, the TX UE will also send a NACK to the base station, and the base station therefore believes that the RX UE will start the retransmission timer corresponding to the SL process in a subsequent period of time, which will be The TX UE allocates SL retransmission or new transmission resources, so that the TX UE will send the retransmission or newly transmitted SL data to the RX UE within the running time of the retransmission timer.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a solution.
  • the TX UE determines that it has not received the HARQ feedback of the RX UE due to its own transmission and reception conflict or prioritization, it can send the first RX UE to the RX UE. Indication, used to indicate that the TX UE has not received the above-mentioned HARQ feedback.
  • the RX UE can start the retransmission timer regardless of whether the HARQ feedback sent is ACK or NACK, thereby avoiding packet loss by the RX UE.
  • the RX UE can start the retransmission timer regardless of whether the HARQ feedback sent is ACK or NACK, thereby avoiding packet loss by the RX UE.
  • Example 2 For the specific introduction of this scheme, please refer to the following Example 2.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides the following solution, which is mainly used when the TX UE does not receive the HARQ feedback of the RX UE, and the reason for not receiving the HARQ feedback is not due to the conflict of transmission and reception of the TX UE itself or the optimization priority. If it is caused by other reasons, the TX UE can send indication information to the base station, instructing the base station to only schedule the retransmission resources corresponding to the HARQ process during the operation of the subsequent retransmission timer, and not to perform retransmission and retransmission of other HARQ processes.
  • the third embodiment please refer to the third embodiment below.
  • the TX UE may send the configuration information of the Uu DRX and the information of the first time interval to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE determines the configuration of the SL DRX according to the configuration information of the Uu DRX and the first time interval; when the RX UE does not match the configuration of the SL DRX with the configuration of the Uu DRX, the RX UE can send notification information to the TX UE to notify the TX UE
  • the corresponding base station adjusts the Uu DRX configuration and/or the first time interval, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide the following solutions, which are mainly used when the base station does not indicate SL HARQ feedback resources for a HARQ process used for SL, neither the TX UE nor the base station will start the corresponding HARQ process on the Uu DRX. RTT timer and retransmission timer. However, the RX UE does not know the above situation, and the RX UE may still start the RTT timer and retransmission timer corresponding to the SL process, which will cause waste of power consumption of the RX UE.
  • the TX UE may send indication information about whether there are SL HARQ feedback resources to the RX UE, and the RX UE may start or not start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer according to the above indication information, or the TX UE may send a message to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE sends indication information about whether a HARQ process for SL has SL HARQ feedback resources, and the RX UE starts or does not start the RTT timer and retransmission timer of the corresponding SL process according to the indication information, so as to avoid the function of the RX UE. waste.
  • this embodiment please refer to the description in the following embodiment 5.
  • the communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device or the like.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may be terminal devices.
  • the concept of terminal equipment is introduced as follows:
  • a terminal device which may be referred to as a terminal for short, is a device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • Terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, industrial control ( Wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid, transportation security (transportation) Wireless terminal equipment in safety), wireless terminal equipment in smart city, terminal equipment in Internet of Vehicles, wireless terminal equipment in smart home (smart home), and may also include user equipment (user equipment, UE) )Wait.
  • a virtual reality virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • industrial control Wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid, transportation security (transportation) Wireless terminal equipment in safety
  • wireless terminal equipment in smart city terminal equipment in Internet of Vehicles
  • wireless terminal equipment in smart home smart home
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, end devices in 5th generation (5G) or future evolving networks, etc.
  • Terminal equipment may also sometimes be referred to as terminal, access terminal equipment, vehicle terminal equipment, industrial control terminal equipment, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE proxy or UE device, etc.
  • Terminal devices can also be stationary or mobile. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the third communication device may be a network device, and the concept of a network device is introduced below:
  • a network device can be an access network device, and an access network device can also be called a radio access network (RAN) device, which is a device that provides wireless communication functions for terminal devices.
  • Access network equipment includes, but is not limited to, the next generation base station (generation nodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B ( node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit) , BBU), sending and receiving point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • generation nodeB, gNB next generation base station
  • eNB evolved node B
  • eNB radio network controller
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B node B, NB
  • the access network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or a network
  • the device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a 5G network or a network device in a future evolved network, and the like.
  • a terminal device can communicate with multiple access network devices of different technologies. For example, a terminal device can communicate with an access network device that supports long term evolution (LTE), and can also communicate with an access network device that supports 5G. , it can also be dual-connected with LTE-enabled access network equipment and 5G-enabled access network equipment.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G 5G-enabled access network equipment
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the side link is used for the communication between the terminal equipment and the terminal equipment, and the communication interface between the terminal equipment and the terminal equipment is the PC5 interface.
  • Channels involved in sidelink communication may include a physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH), a physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH), and a physical sidelink feedback channel (physical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH).
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • PSCCH physical sidelink control channel
  • PSFCH physical sidelink feedback channel
  • PSSCH is used to carry sidelink data (SL data)
  • PSCCH is used to carry sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI)
  • the SCI may also be called sidelink scheduling assignment (sidelink scheduling assignment, SL) SA).
  • the SL SA is information related to data scheduling, for example, information such as resource configuration and/or modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) used to bear the PSSCH.
  • the PSFCH can be used to transmit sidelink feedback control information (SFCI).
  • the sidelink feedback control information may include information such as channel state information (channel state information, CSI) and HARQ.
  • the HARQ information may specifically be a negative acknowledgment (NACK) or an acknowledgment (ACK).
  • the first timer and the second timer may be timers associated with the SL DRX.
  • the first timer may be referred to as sl-drx-HARQ-RTT-Time
  • the second timer may be referred to as sl-drx-RetransmissionTimer.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, that is, the value of the first timer can be “resource configuration expected to be used for SL retransmission” information or authorization information”; or, the first timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission arrives at the receiving end, that is, the value of the first timer
  • the value can be "the minimum length of time before the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission reaches the receiving end"; the second timer is used to indicate the maximum time required for receiving the resource configuration information or authorization information for SL retransmission.
  • the duration that is to say, the value of the second timer may be "the maximum duration until the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL is received".
  • the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required for the receiving end to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL, that is, the value of the second timer may be "until the receiving end receives the SL Maximum duration of retransmitted resource configuration information or authorization information”.
  • a third timer and a fourth timer 4.
  • the third timer and the fourth timer may be timers associated with Uu DRX.
  • the third timer may be referred to as drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL, and the fourth timer may be referred to as drx-RetransmissionTimerSL.
  • the third timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, that is, the value of the third timer can be “resource configuration expected to be used for SL retransmission” information or authorization information”; or, the third timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission arrives at the receiving end, that is, the value of the third timer
  • the value can be "the minimum length of time before the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission reaches the receiving end"; the fourth timer is used to indicate the maximum time required for receiving the resource configuration information or authorization information for SL retransmission.
  • the duration that is to say, the value of the fourth timer may be "the maximum duration until the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL is received".
  • the fourth timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required for the receiving end to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL, that is, the value of the fourth timer may be "until the receiving end receives the SL Maximum duration of retransmitted resource configuration information or authorization information”.
  • a time unit is a time domain unit used for data transmission, which may include radio frame, subframe, slot, mini-slot, and time domain symbols. Domain unit.
  • one radio frame may include 10 subframes, and one subframe may include one or more time slots. Specifically, how many time slots a subframe includes is related to the subcarrier spacing.
  • a mini-slot also known as a mini-slot, can be a smaller unit than a time slot, and a mini-slot can include one or more symbols.
  • a mini-slot may include 2 symbols, 4 symbols or 7 symbols, and so on.
  • a time slot may include one or more mini-slots.
  • a radio frame can last for 10ms, each subframe can last for 1ms, a radio frame includes 10 subframes, each slot lasts 1ms, and each subframe can include 1 slot, Each slot may include 14 symbols. Further, the mini-slot may include 4 symbols, 2 symbols, or 7 symbols, and so on.
  • At least one (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c may be single or multiple .
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first”, “second” and the like are not necessarily different.
  • the present application provides a variety of SLDRX and Uu DRX alignment methods, which will be described by the following embodiments respectively. Some of these SL DRX and Uu DRX alignment methods are only for part of the process in the process of SL DRX and Uu DRX alignment, and some can be applied to any one or more processes in the process of SL DRX and Uu DRX alignment. It should be understood that these SL DRX and Uu DRX alignment methods can be used in combination with each other, for example, one process in the process of SL DRX and Uu DRX alignment can use one method and another process uses another method, and also It can be that a process in the alignment of SL DRX with Uu DRX uses both one method and the other.
  • the communication device determines that the prioritization can be performed at the physical layer, and the physical layer informs the MAC layer of the prioritization result, which is used by the MAC layer to determine the DRX-related timer (such as starting the RTT timer and/or in the embodiment of the present application). retransmission timer) behavior.
  • the physical layer of the RX UE may perform the process of judging the above-mentioned prioritization. After that, the physical layer of the RX UE informs the MAC layer of the prioritization result.
  • the above result may be that the RX UE has a lower priority for sending SL HARQ feedback, and in this case, the RX UE does not send SL HARQ feedback.
  • HARQ feedback not sent successfully can be replaced by: HARQ feedback not sent (does not transmit)_, or HARQ feedback failed to be sent (fail to transmit), etc.; successful sending HARQ can be replaced with: Send HARQ. Failure to receive HARQ feedback may be replaced by: failure to receive HARQ feedback, or failure to receive HARQ feedback, etc.; HARQ feedback may also be replaced by PSFCH or the like. Successful reception of HARQ may be replaced by: reception of HARQ, etc.
  • the first embodiment of the present application provides a sidelink communication method.
  • the description of the first embodiment is described as follows: 1.
  • the SL HARQ feedback resource can also be replaced by PSFCH Feedback resources. 2.
  • the above HARQ may be NACK or ACK. 3.
  • the successful sending of HARQ feedback may be replaced by: sending HARQ feedback. In the subsequent description, if there is no special point, the description will not be repeated.
  • the first communication device is an RX UE
  • the second communication device is a TX UE
  • the first timer is an RTT timer
  • the second timing Take the retransmission timer as an example, including at least the following:
  • Step 200 The RX UE receives sidelink control information from the TX UE.
  • the sidelink control information may be SCI, PSCCH, first-level SCI, second-level SCI, or first-level SCI and second-level SCI, etc., which are not limited.
  • the sidelink control information is SCI as an example for description.
  • Step 201 The RX UE starts the RTT timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource, and the SL HARQ feedback resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the SCI or the SCI.
  • the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resources may be configured and used for transmitting HARQ feedback resources.
  • the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resources may have been configured to the RX UE.
  • it may be configured by the TX UE for the RX UE, or may be configured by the network device for the RX UE, etc., which is not limited.
  • the SL HARQ feedback resources may also be referred to as PSFCH resources or the like.
  • the SL HARQ feedback resource may include one or more time units. For the description of the time units, reference may be made to the description in the above terminology explanation section, and details are not repeated here.
  • the SCI when the RX UE receives the SCI sent by the TX UE, the SCI can be used as a trigger condition to trigger the RX UE to start the RTT timer.
  • the specific time for starting the RTT timer can be determined according to the SL HARQ feedback resources configured above.
  • the RX UE may start the RTT timer in any one of the above-mentioned multiple time units.
  • the RX UE may start the RTT timer in the first time unit of the above multiple time units, that is, the first time unit included in the SL HARQ feedback resource by the RX UE, and start the RTT timer.
  • the RX UE may start the RTT timer after the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the RX UE can start the RTT timer in any time unit after the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resources, which is not limited.
  • the RX UE may start the RTT timer in the first time unit after the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE receives the SCI, the RX UE can start the RTT timer in the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resource, etc. .
  • the RX UE can start the RTT timer in the first time unit in the configured SL HARQ feedback resource, or in the first time unit after the configured SL HARQ feedback resource Wait.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE starts the RTT timer, if the retransmission timer is running, the RX UE can also stop the running retransmission timer, etc., so as to start the retransmission timer according to the RTT timer later, so that the gap between the TX UE and the RX UE is The start of the RTT timer and the retransmission timer are synchronized.
  • step 202 the RX UE activates or deactivates the retransmission timer according to the RTT timer.
  • the TX UE can judge whether the RTT timer has timed out, and if the RTT timer has not timed out, the retransmission timer will not be started.
  • the RTT timer times out the RX UE can start the retransmission timer.
  • other conditions need to be met before the retransmission timer can be started. For details, refer to the following description.
  • the above-mentioned RX UE may start the retransmission timer when the RTT timer times out. That is, when the RTT timer times out, regardless of whether the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI is successfully decoded, the retransmission timer is started.
  • whether the RX UE side successfully decodes usually refers to whether the RX UE successfully decodes the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI.
  • the above-mentioned RX UE can judge whether the preset condition is met, and only when the preset condition is met, the RX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the above preset conditions may be that the RX UE fails to decode, or the RX UE fails to send SL HARQ feedback successfully.
  • the preset condition will be specifically introduced in the following embodiments.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE receives the SCI, the SCI can be used as a trigger condition, and the RX UE starts the RTT timer according to the time unit included in the configured SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the RTT timer times out, the RX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the RTT timer times out and the preset conditions are met, the RX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the above SCI is used as the trigger condition to start the RTT timer.
  • the RX UE may need to meet other conditions before starting the RTT timer, etc.
  • the above other conditions may include that the TX UE fails to send HARQ feedback, etc. That is, in a kind of example 1:
  • the RX UE may perform HARQ feedback sending the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI. After that, the RX UE determines whether the above HARQ is successfully sent. If the RX UE fails to send the above-mentioned HARQ feedback, the RX UE may start the RTT timer in the first time unit included in the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resource for sending the HARQ feedback. Alternatively, the RX UE may start the RTT timer or the like in the first time unit after the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resource for sending HARQ feedback. When the RTT timer times out, the RX starts the retransmission timer.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE successfully sends the above-mentioned HARQ feedback, it is not limited whether to follow the solution in the embodiment of the present application and start the RTT timer.
  • the Uu DRX configuration can be used to start the RTT timer, that is, after the first symbol after the HARQ feedback is sent, the RTT timer is started, etc.
  • the reason why the RX UE fails to send the HARQ feedback may include that the RX UE fails to send the HARQ feedback successfully due to reasons such as prioritization or conflict.
  • the prioritization is explained as follows: determine the priority order, and select the higher priority accordingly.
  • prioritization can be further understood as: when the RX UE needs to send two or more pieces of information at the same time (optionally, the above information can also be replaced by a signal or signaling), Or when the RXUE needs to receive and transmit at the same time, or when the RXUE needs to transmit on two or more physical channels at the same time, or when the RXUE needs to send and receive on two physical channels at the same time
  • the priority is determined, the information or channel with the highest priority is selected for sending or receiving, and other information or channels are not sent or received.
  • a specific implementation manner may be: when the RX UE receives the SCI, the RX UE may perform HARQ feedback of sending the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI. If the RX UE finds that the priority is low due to prioritization or conflict, and the RX UE fails to send HARQ feedback, the RX UE can use the first symbol included in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or, after the SL HARQ feedback resource The first symbol of , starts the RTT timer and stops the retransmission timer.
  • the RX UE When the RTT timer times out, regardless of whether the data is successfully decoded, the RX UE will start the retransmission timer to ensure that the RX UE can receive the new SCI or retransmission scheduled by the base station during this period, and the retransmission includes the retransmission of the current HARQ process , and the retransmission of other HARQ processes, the above-mentioned newly transmitted SCI may also include the newly transmitted SCI of the current HARQ process, or the newly transmitted SCI of other HARQ processes.
  • the RX UE since the RX UE starts the retransmission timer and the RX UE is in an awake state, the RX UE can receive the data scheduled by the base station, which can be new SCI transmission or retransmission, etc., so as to avoid RX UE packet loss.
  • the RX UE starts the RTT timer, in addition to meeting the trigger of the SCI, whether other conditions need to be met.
  • the RX UE receives the SCI, it can start the RTT timer in the first symbol in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or in the first symbol after the SL HARQ feedback resource.
  • the difference from the above is that when the RTT timer times out, the RX UE does not start the retransmission timer. Instead, the RX UE also needs to judge whether the RX UE successfully sends the HARQ feedback, and only starts the retransmission timer when the RX UE fails to send the HARQ feedback successfully.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE times out in the RTT timer and the RX UE fails to send HARQ feedback successfully, the RX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the process of starting the retransmission timer in the above process may be as follows: when the RX UE receives the SCI from the TX UE, it may send the SCI or the HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the SCI in the first resource. One symbol, or the first symbol after the resource used to send HARQ feedback for SCI or SCI-scheduled SL data, starts the RTT timer.
  • the RX UE can determine whether the HARQ feedback of the above-mentioned SCI or SL data scheduled by the SCI is sent successfully. If the transmission is not successful, start the retransmission timer.
  • the RX UE successfully sends the above-mentioned HARQ feedback There is no limitation on whether to use the solution of the present application when the RX UE successfully sends the above-mentioned HARQ feedback.
  • the HARQ is NACK, that is, when the data is not successfully decoded, the RX UE starts the retransmission timer, etc.
  • the reason why the RX UE fails to send the HARQ feedback may include that the RX UE fails to send the HARQ feedback successfully due to reasons such as prioritization or conflict.
  • the RX UE receives the SCI, the first symbol in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or the first symbol after the SL HARQ feedback resource, starts the RTT timer, Stop the retransmission timer; when the RTT timer expires, if the Rx UE successfully decodes the data but fails to send the HARQ due to the low priority of the conflict, the RX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the RX UE starts the RTT timer, in addition to meeting the trigger of the SCI, whether other conditions need to be met.
  • the RX UE can start the RTT timer in the first symbol in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or in the first symbol after the SL HARQ feedback resource.
  • the RX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the above process can also be described as: after the RX UE receives the SCI, regardless of whether the RX UE successfully sends the HARQ, the first symbol in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or the first symbol after the SL HARQ feedback resource symbols, start the RTT timer and stop the retransmission timer; when the RTT timer times out, (regardless of whether the data is successfully decoded), the RX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the RX UE can still start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer when the HARQ feedback fails to be sent, so as to solve the problem that the retransmission timer is not started when the RX UE fails to send the HARQ feedback or does not send the HARQ feedback, resulting in RX UE packet loss problem.
  • the focus is on how the RX UE starts the RTT timer and the retransmission timer.
  • the TX UE can still use a similar solution to the above-mentioned RX UE side, and start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer, etc.
  • the above process shown in FIG. 2C may further include:
  • Step 203 The TX UE starts the RTT timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resources. After the TX UE sends the SCI, it can start the RTT timer in the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resource.
  • SL HARQ feedback resources may be configured etc.
  • the TX UE may be configured to the TX UE, so the TX UE can know the specific location of the SL HARQ feedback resource. It is assumed that the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback resources are configured as an example.
  • the TX UE After the TX UE sends the SCI, it can start the RTT timer in the first time unit in the configured SL HARQ feedback resources, or in the first time unit after the configured SL HARQ feedback resources. Similar to the above, when the TX UE starts the RTT timer, if the retransmission timer is running, the TX UE can also stop the retransmission timer.
  • the RX UE for the RX UE to start the above-described manner, start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer, which can avoid packet loss on the RX UE side.
  • the TX UE and the RX UE use the same method to start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer, that is, the solutions of steps 203 and 204, the TX UE and the RX UE use the same solution to start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer. timer, which can align the activation times of the two.
  • Step 204 The TX UE can activate or deactivate the retransmission timer according to the RTT timer. For example, in one possible implementation, when the RTT timer times out, the TX UE may start the retransmission timer. Or, when the RTT timer times out, the TX UE can judge whether the TX UE meets the preset conditions, and if so, start the retransmission timer, etc.
  • the above-mentioned preset conditions can include one or more of the following, etc., without limitation:
  • the TX UE successfully receives the HARQ feedback, which includes the HARQ feedback of the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI, and the HARQ feedback is NACK.
  • the TX UE fails to receive the HARQ feedback successfully.
  • the TX UE sends HARQ feedback to the network device and the HARQ feedback is NACK, etc.
  • the TX UE and the RX UE can start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resources, so that the start of the two RTT timer and retransmission timer can be aligned, and the RTT timer can be avoided when the TX UE sends a NACK to the base station. and retransmission timer, but the RX UE side fails to send HARQ feedback, the RTT timer and retransmission timer are not activated, the RX UE is in a sleep state, and the RX UE cannot receive the SL data retransmitted by the TX UE, resulting in the problem of packet loss on the RX UE side. .
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a sidelink communication method.
  • the difference between the method and the process shown in FIG. 2C is that: in the process shown in FIG. 2C, when a certain condition is met, the UE first starts RTT timer, according to the RTT timer, start the retransmission timer. In this method, the UE starts the retransmission timer when certain conditions are met.
  • a flow of a sidelink communication method which at least includes the following:
  • Step 300 The RX UE receives sidelink control information from the TX UE.
  • the sidelink control information may be SCI, PSCCH, first-level SCI, second-level SCI, or first-level SCI and second-level SCI, and so on.
  • the side link control information is SCI as an example.
  • Step 301 The RX UE starts the retransmission timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource, the SL HARQ feedback resource is used for transmitting the HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the SCI or the SCI.
  • the RX UE starts the retransmission timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resources
  • it is similar to the above-mentioned process that the RX UE starts the RTT timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the RX UE may start the retransmission timer in the first symbol in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or in the first symbol after the SL HARQ feedback resource.
  • the RX UE receives the SCI, it can determine whether the preset conditions are currently met, and if so, start the retransmission timer. If not, the RX UE does not start the retransmission timer, etc.
  • the above preset condition may be that the TX UE fails to send the HARQ feedback of the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI, and the reason for not sending the HARQ feedback may be: due to the RX UE's own conflict or prioritization, etc. . Then, after the RX UE receives the SCI, when it is judged that the HARQ is not successfully sent due to conflicts such as prioritization or optimization, the RX UE can send the first symbol in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or after the SL HARQ feedback resource. The first symbol of , starts the retransmission timer, etc.
  • the first embodiment focuses on the process of how the RX UE side starts the retransmission timer.
  • the TX UE side starts the process of retransmission tiemr.
  • the above process shown in FIG. 3 may also include:
  • Step 302 The TX UE starts the retransmission timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource. For example, when the TX UE sends the SCI, it can start the retransmission timer in the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resource. Or, after sending the SCI and meeting the preset condition, the TX UE starts the retransmission timer in the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource, or the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resource.
  • the preset conditions that need to be satisfied reference may be made to the above-mentioned introduction in FIG. 2C , and details are not repeated here.
  • the RX UE can start the retransmission timer when the above conditions are met, which can solve the problem of RX UE packet loss caused by the failure of the RX UE to send HARQ feedback, the RX UE not starting the retransmission timer, and the RX UE being in a sleep state; in this application
  • the RX UE can also start the retransmission timer as early as possible.
  • the second embodiment of the present application provides a sidelink communication method.
  • the method can be applied to a scenario in which the RX UE successfully sends HARQ feedback, but the TX UE fails to receive the HARQ feedback due to its own transmission and reception conflict.
  • the description of this embodiment is described as follows: 1. In the following description, the TX UE does not receive the HARQ feedback, which can also be replaced by the TX UE not receiving the PSFCH. 2. In the following description, if there is no limitation that HARQ must be NACK, the following HARQ can be replaced by ACK or NACK. In the subsequent description, if there is no special point, the description will not be repeated.
  • a flow of a sidelink communication method including at least:
  • Step 500 The TX UE sends sidelink control information to the RX UE.
  • sidelink control information is SCI as an example.
  • Step 501 The RX UE sends HARQ feedback to the TX UE, where the HARQ feedback includes the HARQ feedback of the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI.
  • the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE to the TX UE may be ACK; or, if If the RX UE fails to decode the SL data scheduled by the SCI or the SCI, the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE to the TX UE may be NACK or the like.
  • step 502 The TX UE determines that no HARQ feedback has been received.
  • the RX UE sends HARQ feedback to the TX UE.
  • the TX UE may not receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback.
  • the reason why the TX UE does not receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback may include that the TX UE does not receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback due to transmission and reception conflict or prioritization.
  • the TX UE may include: the resources used by the TX UE to send HARQ feedback conflict with the resources used to receive HARQ feedback, and the conflicting resources may include overlapping time-domain resources, or overlapping frequency-domain resources, or both time-domain resources and frequency-domain resources. Overlapping, etc., resulting in failure of the TX UE to receive HARQ feedback, etc.
  • Step 503 The TX UE sends first indication information to the RX UE, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the TX UE has not received the HARQ feedback.
  • the RX UE when receiving the above-mentioned indication information for indicating that the TX UE has not received HARQ feedback, the RX UE can perform the following operations: when the RTT timer times out, the RX UE can start the retransmission timer, no longer considering whether to decode or not. conditions of success. The reason for this is as follows: in the current solution, after the RX UE sends the HARQ feedback, the RTT timer is started. When the RTT timer times out, the retransmission timer will only be started when the RX UE has not successfully decoded the data.
  • the TX UE since the TX UE does not receive the SL HARQ feedback, the TX UE may send a NACK to the base station to request the base station to allocate SL resources for retransmission, and on the SL resources for retransmission allocated by the base station, send a NACK to the RX The UE sends the retransmitted SL data and so on.
  • the TX UE in order to ensure that the RX UE can receive the data of the retransmitted SL, the TX UE can send the above indication to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE When the RX UE receives the above indication, the RX UE will not Whether the data is successfully decoded, the retransmission timer is started, so as to ensure that the RX UE can start the retransmission timer, receive the SL data retransmitted by the TX UE, and avoid packet loss by the RX UE.
  • the RX UE in order to determine that the RX UE can receive the above-mentioned first indication information, after sending the HARQ feedback, the RX UE may further start a fifth timer, and during the operation of the fifth timer, The RX UE is in the active time, that is, the wake-up state.
  • the RX UE can also start the RTT timer. For example, the RX UE starts the RTT timer in the first time unit after sending the HARQ feedback. When the RTT timer times out and the above-mentioned first indication information is received, the retransmission timer is started. If the RX UE does not receive the above-mentioned first indication information, when the RTT tiemr times out, the scheme of whether the RX UE starts the retransmission timer is not limited.
  • the RX UE does not receive the above-mentioned first indication information, when the RTT timer times out, if the RX UE fails to decode the data, the retransmission timer is started; and if the RX UE successfully decodes the data, then the retransmission timer is started. Do not start the retransmission timer, etc.
  • the TX UE sends the SCI to the RX UE; when the RX UE receives the SCI, the RX UE sends the SCI or HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the SCI to the TX UE. Because the TX UE sends the PSFCH resource and receives the PSFCH resource sending conflict, it sends the PSFCH first, which may cause the TX UE not to receive the RX UE's PSFCH, then the TX UE can send the indication information to the RX UE, the indication information is used to indicate RX UE did not receive PSFCH.
  • the RX UE After the RX UE receives the above indication information, when the RTT timer times out, (regardless of whether the data is successfully decoded), the RX UE starts the retransmission timer to ensure that it can receive the SL data scheduled by the base station during this period.
  • the SL data includes Newly transmitted SCI or retransmission of current or other SL HARQ process, etc.
  • the RX UE can start a fifth timer, such as timer T1, during the operation of the fifth timer, the RX UE is the activation time, Awakened state.
  • the TX UE when the TX UE determines that the HARQ feedback of the RX UE is not received due to its own transmission and reception conflict or prioritization, the TX UE can send indication information to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE receives the indication information, when the RTT timer expires, regardless of whether the data is successfully decoded, the retransmission timer is started, so that the RX UE can be in an awake state, and the retransmission sent by the TX UE can be received to avoid the loss of the RX UE side. Bag.
  • the third embodiment provides a sidelink communication method, and the application scenario may be: the RX UE successfully sends the HARQ feedback, but the TX UE does not receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback.
  • the reason why the current TX UE does not receive the HARQ feedback is not caused by the conflict between the transmission and reception of the TX UE itself or prioritization.
  • the description of the embodiment is described as follows: 1.
  • the HARQ feedback may be replaced by PSFCH. 2.
  • HARQ can be replaced by ACK or NACK. If there is no special point, the description will not be repeated.
  • a flow of a sidelink communication method including at least:
  • Step 600 The TX UE sends sidelink control information to the RX UE.
  • sidelink control information is SCI as an example for description.
  • Step 601 The RX UE sends HARQ feedback to the TX UE, where the HARQ feedback is the HARQ feedback of the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI.
  • the RX UE may determine whether the above-mentioned SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI is successfully decoded. If the decoding is successful, the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE to the TX UE is ACK; otherwise, the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE to the TX UE is NACK.
  • Step 602 The TX UE determines that no HARQ feedback has been received.
  • the RX UE sends HARQ feedback to the TX UE, but in step 602, the TX UE does not receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback.
  • the reason why the TX UE does not receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback is not limited.
  • the TX UE may not receive the above-mentioned HARQ feedback due to its own transmission and reception conflict, or prioritization, or the TX UE may not receive the HARQ feedback for reasons other than the above-mentioned reasons, such as poor transmission conditions.
  • the solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to scenarios where the TX UE does not receive the HARQ feedback of the RX UE due to other reasons other than its own transmission and reception conflict or priority.
  • Step 603 The TX UE sends the second information to the network device.
  • the TX UE can send a NACK to the network device in addition to the second information to the network device, and the NACK can be used to request the network device for SL retransmission resources, etc. .
  • the TX UE sends the NACK and the second information to the network device the above-mentioned NACK and the second information may be sent separately, or may be carried in the same message and sent, etc., which are not limited.
  • the TX UE may send second information to the network device, where the second information is used to indicate that the TX UE has not received the above-mentioned HARQ feedback.
  • the network device may not schedule new SL transmission or retransmission of other HARQ processes for SL during the operation of the retransmission timer of the corresponding HARQ process.
  • the TX UE may request the network device not to schedule new SL transmission or other functions for the retransmission timer during the operation of the corresponding HARQ process Retransmission of HARQ process of SL.
  • the TX UE may send the second information to the network device for instructing the network device not to schedule new SL transmission or retransmission of other HARQ processes for SL during the operation of the retransmission timer of the corresponding HARQ process.
  • step 604 the network device does not schedule new SL transmission or retransmission of other HARQ processes for SL during the running period of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK.
  • the RX UE successfully sends the SL HARQ feedback, but the TX UE does not receive the SL HARQ feedback of the RX UE.
  • the TX UE can determine the reason for not receiving SL HARQ feedback. When it is determined that the reason for not receiving the above-mentioned SL HARQ feedback is not caused by the conflict of transmission and reception of the TX UE itself or prioritization, etc., then the TX UE can feed back NACK to the base station, indicating that the base station is in the Uu DRX that the TX UE subsequently starts.
  • No new SL transmissions or retransmissions of other HARQ processes are scheduled during the running of the retransmission timer.
  • the retransmission timer of the Uu DRX subsequently started by the TX UE it can be interpreted as: the retransmission timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the TX UE sending NACK to the base station.
  • the above HARQ process is the HARQ process in the Uu air interface.
  • a corresponding SL process or SL HARQ process is the HARQ process in the Uu air interface.
  • the TX UE can report NACK to the base station.
  • the improvement of the present application is that in addition to reporting NACK to the base station, the TX UE also reports second information to the base station, which is used to instruct the base station to only schedule the retransmission timer of the current HARQ process during the operation of the retransmission timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK. pass.
  • the reason is as follows: In the current scheme, after the RX UE sends HARQ feedback, the RX UE can start the RTT timer.
  • the RX UE When the RTT timer times out, the RX UE does not successfully decode the data, that is, when the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is NACK, the RX UE starts the retransmission timer. When the RTT timer expires, if the RX UE successfully decodes the data, that is, the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is ACK, the RX UE will not start the retransmission timer. In this embodiment of the present application, since the TX UE does not receive the HARQ feedback from the RX UE, the TX UE does not know whether the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is NACK or ACK.
  • the TX UE no longer distinguishes whether the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is ACK or NACK, and the TX UE sends the second information to the base station uniformly to instruct the base station to only schedule the current SL HARQ process. Retransmission, no new SL transmissions or retransmissions of other SL processes are scheduled. Accordingly, the TX UE only sends the retransmission of the current SL HARQ process to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE will start the retransmission timer on the SL DRX, and the RX UE can receive the retransmission of the current SL HARQ process sent by the TX UE. If the HARQ feedback sent by the RX UE is ACK, the RX UE may not receive the retransmission of the current SL HARQ process, but since the HARQ feedback fed back by the RX UE is ACK, the data representing the corresponding SL process has been RX in the previous transmission. The UE successfully decodes it, and it cannot be received during the current transmission process, and there is no problem.
  • the fourth embodiment provides a sidelink communication method
  • the application scenario of the method may be: when the configuration of the SL DRX between the TX UE and the RX UE does not match the configuration of the Uu DRX between the TX UE and the base station, It may cause that the RX UE cannot receive the SL data of the RX UE, resulting in packet loss of the RX UE.
  • the RX UE when the retransmission timer of the SL DRX of the RX UE times out, the RX UE is in a sleep state and cannot monitor the SCI. At this time, the TX UE sends the retransmission SCI to the RX UE, etc., and the RX UE will fail to The above retransmitted SCI is successfully received, causing the RX UE to lose packets.
  • a flow of a sidelink communication method including at least:
  • Step 800 The RX UE receives Uu DRX configuration information and/or first time interval information from the TX UE.
  • the TX UE can autonomously send the Uu DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information to the RX UE.
  • the TX UE may periodically send the Uu DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information to the RX UE.
  • the TX UE may send the Uu DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information, etc. to the RX UE when the first condition is satisfied.
  • the above-mentioned first condition may include at least one of the following: the first time interval changes; the variation of the first time interval is greater than the first threshold; the configuration information of the Uu DRX changes; the variation of the configuration information of the Uu DRX is greater than the first threshold.
  • Two thresholds, etc. Regarding the first threshold the second threshold may be specified by the protocol, or preconfigured, etc., which is not limited.
  • the TX UE may send the Uu DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information, etc. to the RX UE according to the request of the RX UE.
  • the RX UE may send a first request message to the TX UE, and the first request message is used to request the RX UE to send the Uu DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information to the TX UE; message, the TX UE sends the Uu DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information, etc. to the RX UE.
  • the configuration information of the Uu DRX is described as follows: the configuration information of the Uu DRX may include the configuration of the RTT timer and the configuration of the retransmission timer.
  • the configuration information of the RTT timer may be the running time of the RTT timer, etc.
  • the configuration information of the retransmission timer may be the running time of the retransmission timer, etc.
  • the first time interval information is described as follows: the first time interval may be the time interval between the first resource and the second resource, or the minimum value of the time interval between the first resource and the second resource.
  • the first resource may be PUCCH
  • the second resource may be PSFCH.
  • the first time interval is taken as an example of the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval for description.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE receives the configuration information of the Uu DRX and the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval, the RX UE may perform the following operations:
  • Step 801a The RX UE determines the configuration of the SL DRX according to the configuration of the Uu DRX and/or the minimum value of the PUCCH-PSFCF time interval.
  • the configuration of the SL DRX includes the configuration of the RTT timer and the configuration of the retransmission timer.
  • step 802a when the configuration of the Uu DRX does not match the configuration of the SL DRX, or the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval is inappropriate, the RX UE may send the first information to the TX UE, and the first information is used for Notify the TX UE that the configuration of the Uu DRX does not match the configuration of the SL DRX, or the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval is inappropriate. Further, the TX UE may notify the network device, and the network device adjusts the configuration of Uu DRX and/or the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval, etc.
  • the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval is related to the sub-carrier space (SCS) configuration of the SL bandwidth part (BWP) and the SCS configuration for activating UL BWP on the primary cell. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval can be adjusted by adjusting the SCS configuration of the SLBWP and/or the SCS configuration of the active UL BWP on the primary cell.
  • SCS sub-carrier space
  • BWP SL bandwidth part
  • the RX UE may use the configuration information of Uu DRX and/or the PSFCH -Minimum value of PUCCH time interval, notify network equipment, for example:
  • Step 801b The RX UE sends the configuration information of Uu DRX and/or the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval to its network equipment.
  • the network device can perform the following operations: for example , the network device corresponding to the RX UE can determine the configuration information of the SL DRX according to the configuration information of the Uu DRX and/or the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval. If it is found that the configuration of Uu DRX does not match the configuration of SL DRX, you can adjust the configuration of SL DRX.
  • the RX UE informs the TX UE of the information, and the TX UE informs its network equipment of the information.
  • the network device corresponding to the TX UE adjusts the configuration of the Uu DRX and/or the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval, etc.
  • the TX UE can send the Uu DRX U configuration of the TX UE as the receiver and the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval to the RX UE, and the above Uu DRX configuration can include RTT timer configuration and retransmission timer configuration, etc.
  • the TX UE may autonomously send the configuration of Uu DRX and the minimum value of the PUCCHH-PSFCH time interval to the RX UE.
  • the TX UE when at least one of the RTT timer, retransmission timer, or the minimum value of the PUCCH-PSFCH time interval of the Uu DRX UE changes or the change amount is smaller than the preset threshold, the TX UE sends the Uu DRX configuration and the RX UE to the RX UE.
  • the minimum value of the PUCCH-PSFCH time interval when the TX UE receives the request of the RX UE, the TX UE sends the configuration of the Uu DRX and the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval to the RX UE.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE receives the configuration of the Uu DRX and the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval, the RX UE can determine the configuration of the SL DRX; after that, the RX UE can determine the configuration of the SL DRX and the RTT in the Uu DRX Whether the values of timer and retransmission timer match; if not, the RX UE can notify the TX UE.
  • the TX UE can request the corresponding base station to change the value of the RTT timer and/or retransmission timer in the Uu DRX; and/or, the TX UE requests the base station to change the SCS configuration of the SL BWP Or the configuration of the SCS that activates UL BWP on the primary cell, etc., to update the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval, etc.
  • the network device of the RX UE may also send the adjustment information of the Uu DRX configuration and/or the network device of the RX UE to the RX UE, or the RX UE to the TX UE, or the network device of the TX UE to the TX UE. Adjustment information for the minimum value of the PSFCH-PUCCH time interval, the adjustment information may be sent together with the "mismatch" notification, or sent separately.
  • the configuration of the SL DRX can be matched with the configuration of the Uu DRX, thereby preventing the RX UE from not receiving the SL retransmission and/or new transmission scheduled by the base station during the operation of the retransmission timer of the Uu DRX.
  • the fifth embodiment of the present application provides a sidelink communication method, and the application scenario of the method may be: the DCI or RRC carrying the SL authorization sent by the base station to the TX UE may include the indication information of the SL HARQ feedback resource. If there are SL HARQ feedback resources, it means that the TX UE can send SL HARQ feedback to the base station. Otherwise, the representative TX UE does not need to send SL HARQ feedback to the base station. For the case of no SL HARQ feedback resources, the Uu DRX between the TX UE and the base station may not start the RTT timer and the retransmission timer.
  • the RX UE does not know that a current SL HARQ process is not configured with SL HARQ feedback resources. If the RX UE starts the corresponding retransmission timer on the SL DRX, the power consumption of the RX UE will be wasted.
  • the first communication device as TX UE
  • the second communication device as RX UE
  • the third communication device as network device
  • the first DRX as Uu DRX
  • the second DRX as SL DRX
  • the first timer and the second timer respectively RTT timer and retransmission timer associated with SL DRX.
  • the third timer and the fourth timer are respectively the RTT timer and the retransmission timer associated with the Uu DRX as an example.
  • a flow of a sidelink communication method including at least:
  • Step 900 The TX UE receives second information from the network device, the second information may be DCI or RRC, etc., and the second information may carry SL authorization information.
  • the second information may carry indication information, which is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, or used to indicate SL HARQ feedback resources (if the indication information is empty at this time, it means that there is no SL HARQ feedback resource), the SL HARQ feedback resource may be a PUCCH resource, or a PUSCH resource, etc.
  • the SL HARQ feedback resource is used by the TX UE to send the SL HARQ feedback to the network device.
  • the second information may also carry an SL grant, etc., where the SL grant is used by the network device to allocate SL resources to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned second information carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, which may be specifically: the indication information is used to indicate the first SL process or the first An SL transport block (TB) exists or does not have SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the first SL process or the first An SL transport block (TB) exists or does not have SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • Step 901 The TX UE sends third information to the RX UE according to the second information, and the third information is used to notify the SL DRX to start or not to start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer corresponding to the SL process.
  • the above SL process can be For the SL HARQ process, etc., or the third information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • step 902 the RX UE determines, according to the third information, to start or not to start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer of the corresponding SL process on the SL DRX.
  • the RX UE when the above third information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the SL DRX to start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer, or the third information is used to indicate that there are SL HARQ feedback resources, the RX UE When the first condition is met, start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer corresponding to the SL process on the SL DRX.
  • the above-mentioned first condition may be that after the RX UE receives the SCI, the first symbol in the PSFCH resource, or the first symbol after the PSFCH resource, starts the RTT timer, and the RX UE starts the RTT timer.
  • the above-mentioned first condition may be that the RX UE starts the RTT timer in the first symbol after sending the SL HARQ feedback.
  • the retransmission timer is started.
  • the RX UE when the third information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the SL DRX not to start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer, or the third information is used to indicate that there is SL HARQ feedback resource, the RX UE does not start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer corresponding to the SL process in the SL DRX when the first condition above is satisfied.
  • the first condition reference may be made to the above, and details are not repeated here.
  • step 903 the TX UE determines, according to the second information, to start or not to start the RTT timer and/or retransmission timer of the corresponding SL process on the Uu DRX, and/or, to determine to start or not to start the corresponding SL on the SL DRX The RTT timer and/or retransmission timer of the process.
  • the TX UE when the second information indicates that there are SL HARQ feedback resources, the TX UE starts the RTT timer and/or retransmission timer of the corresponding SL process on the Uu DRX when the second condition is satisfied,
  • the above-mentioned second condition may include: when or after the TX UE receives the DCI, the first symbol in the SL HARQ feedback resource used between the TX UE and the network, or the first symbol after the SL HARQ feedback resource, Start the RTT timer. When the RTT timer times out, the TX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the above-mentioned second condition may include: the TX UE starts the RTT timer after sending the first symbol after the SL HARQ feedback.
  • the TX UE starts the retransmission timer.
  • the TX UE can also start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer corresponding to the SL process on the SL DRX when the third condition is satisfied.
  • the above-mentioned third condition may include: when the TX UE sends the SCI to the RX UE, the first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource used between the TX UE and the RX UE, or the first time unit after the resource time units, start the RTT timer; when the RTT timer times out, start the retransmission timer, or, when the RTT timer times out, if the SL HARQ feedback from the RX UE is NACK, or the SL HARQ feedback from the RX UE is not received (configured resource), start the retransmission timer.
  • the TX UE when the second information indicates that there is no SL HARQ feedback resource, the TX UE does not start the RTT timer and/or the corresponding SL process on the Uu DRX when the second condition above is satisfied. retransmission timer.
  • the second condition reference may be made to the above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the TX UE when the second information indicates that there is no SL HARQ feedback resource, when the TX UE meets the third condition, the TX UE does not start the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer corresponding to the SL process on the SL DRX.
  • the third condition reference may be made to the above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the TX UE may receive DCI or RRC from the base station, and the DCI or RRC may carry the SL grant.
  • the above-mentioned DCI may be DCI used in DG or CG type2, and RRC may be RRC used in CG type1, etc.
  • the TX UE performs the following operations: TX UE On Uu DRX and SL DRX, when the current conditions are met, the RTT timer and/or sl retransmission timer of the corresponding HARQ process are started respectively.
  • the TX UE notifies the RX UE to start the RTT time/retransmission timer on the corresponding SL HARQ process (SL DRX) when the current conditions are met, or notify the RX UE that "the corresponding sl HARQ process has PUCCH resources". Accordingly, the RX UE starts the RTT timer and/or the retransmission timer corresponding to the sl HARQ process when the current conditions are met.
  • the TX UE performs the following operations: the TX UE is on Uu DRX and SL DRX , do not start the RTT timer and/or retransmission timer of the corresponding HARQ process.
  • the TX UE informs the RX UE not to start the RTT time and/or retransmission timer on the corresponding SL HARQ process (SL DRX), or notifies the RX UE that "the corresponding SL HARQ process has no PUCCH resources"; the RX UE determines not to start the corresponding SL accordingly The RTT time and/or retransmission timer of the HARQ process.
  • the RX UE when the RX UE does not know that a SL HARQ process is not configured with PUCCH resources, and the TX UE does not start the corresponding RTT timer and sl retransmission timer on the Uu DRX, the RX UE itself starts the corresponding RTT timer and sl retransmission timer on the SL DRX.
  • the retransmission timer When the retransmission timer is used, the power consumption of the RX UE is wasted.
  • the foregoing embodiments may be used alone or in combination, etc., and are not limited.
  • the second embodiment and the third embodiment can be used in combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiment can be used.
  • the solution in the second embodiment can also be used when the TX UE cannot receive the SL HARQ feedback of the RX UE due to other reasons, and the solution in the third embodiment can be used.
  • FIG. 11 it is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus is configured to implement the function of the method executed by the first communication device, the second communication device or the third communication device in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1110 and a processing unit 1120 .
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device, then:
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to receive the sidelink control information from the second communication device; the processing unit 1120 is configured to start the first timer according to the HARQ feedback resource of the hybrid automatic repeat request of the sidelink SL, and the SL
  • the HARQ feedback resource is used to transmit the sidelink control information or the HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; the processing unit 1120 is further configured to start or not start according to the first timer The second timer; wherein the first timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer is used to indicate that the SL retransmission is received.
  • the maximum time required for resource configuration information or authorization information is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission.
  • the starting the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource includes: starting the first timer in a first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource; or, In the first time unit in the configured SL HARQ feedback resources, start the first timer; or, in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resources, start the first timer; or, The first timer is started in the first time unit after the configured SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the processing unit 1120 is further configured to: stop the second timer.
  • the starting the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource includes: the HARQ feedback is not successfully sent or not sent, and the HARQ feedback is a positive acknowledgment ACK or a negative acknowledgment NACK; according to The SL HARQ feedback resource starts the first timer.
  • starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: when the first timer expires, decoding the sidelink successfully or unsuccessfully For the control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information, the first communication device starts the second timer, or starts the second timer when the first timer times out.
  • starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: when the first timer expires, the HARQ feedback is not successfully sent or not sent , the first communication device starts the second timer, and the HARQ feedback is ACK or NACK; or, when the first timer expires, the HARQ feedback is successfully sent or sent, and the HARQ feedback is NACK, the first communication device starts the second timer.
  • failing to send or failing to send the HARQ feedback includes: failing to send or failing to send the HARQ feedback due to prioritization or conflict.
  • starting the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resources including: successfully or unsuccessfully sending the HARQ feedback of the SCI or the SL data scheduled by the SCI; according to the SL HARQ feedback resources, Start the first timer.
  • starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: starting the second timer when the first timer times out. (A second timer is started regardless of whether the SL data is successfully decoded).
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a second communication device or a chip in the second communication device, then:
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to send the sidelink control information to the first communication device; the processing unit 1120 is configured to start the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource; the processing unit 1120 is further configured to start the first timer according to the first timing
  • the first timer is used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of the resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer is used to indicate the received The maximum time required for the SL to retransmit resource configuration information or authorization information.
  • the starting the first timer according to the SL HARQ feedback resource includes: starting the first timer in a first time unit in the SL HARQ feedback resource; or, In the first time unit in the configured SL HARQ feedback resources, start the first timer; or, in the first time unit after the SL HARQ feedback resources, start the first timer; or, The first timer is started in the first time unit after the configured SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the processing unit 1120 is further configured to: stop the second timer.
  • the starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: starting the second timer when the first timer times out.
  • the starting or not starting the second timer according to the first timer includes: when the first timer times out, if the second communication device successfully receives HARQ feedback, the HARQ feedback includes the HARQ feedback of the sidelink control information or the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information, and the HARQ feedback is NACK, or the second communication device fails to receive the HARQ feedback the HARQ feedback, or the second communication device sends the HARQ feedback to the third communication device and the HARQ feedback is NACK, the second communication device starts the second timer.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device, then:
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to send sidelink control information to the second communication device; the processing unit 1120 is configured to determine that no HARQ feedback has been received, where the HARQ feedback includes the sidelink control information or the sidelink control information. HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the link control information; the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to send first information to the second communication device, where the first information is used to indicate that the first communication device has not received the HARQ feedback.
  • the determining that the HARQ feedback is not received includes: the HARQ feedback is not received due to a conflict of transmission and reception or prioritization.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a second communication device or a chip in the second communication device, then:
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to receive sidelink control information from the first communication device; the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to send HARQ feedback to the first communication device, where the HARQ feedback includes the sidelink control information or HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the sidelink control information; the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to receive first indication information from the first communication device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first indication The communication device does not receive the HARQ feedback.
  • the method further includes: a processing unit 1120, configured to start a third timer after sending the HARQ feedback, and during the running of the third timer, the second communication device is in a Activation time.
  • a processing unit 1120 configured to start a third timer after sending the HARQ feedback, and during the running of the third timer, the second communication device is in a Activation time.
  • the not receiving the HARQ feedback includes: not receiving the HARQ feedback due to a conflict of transmission and reception or prioritization.
  • the processing unit 1120 is further configured to: start a first timer when or after sending the HARQ feedback; or start the first time unit after sending the HARQ feedback first timer.
  • the processing unit 1120 is further configured to: start a second timer when the first timer times out.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device, then:
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to send sidelink control information to the second communication device; the processing unit 1120 is configured to determine that no HARQ feedback has been received, where the HARQ feedback includes the sidelink control information or the sidelink control information.
  • HARQ feedback of the SL data scheduled by the link control information; the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to send second information, or NACK and second information to a third communication device; wherein the second information is used to indicate the first The communication device has not received the HARQ feedback, or the second information is used to instruct the third communication device not to schedule new SL transmission or other use during the running of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK.
  • the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or the authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device, then:
  • a transceiver unit 1110 configured to receive second information from a first communication device, or NACK and second information; wherein the second information is used to indicate that the first communication device has not received HARQ feedback, or, the The second information is used to instruct the third communication device not to schedule new SL transmission or retransmission of other HARQ processes for SL during the running period of the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK.
  • the controller is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL; the processing unit 1120 is configured to not schedule new SL transmission or other operations during the second timer of the HARQ process corresponding to the NACK is running Retransmission of HARQ process for SL.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device, then:
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to receive first DRX configuration information and/or first time interval information from a second communication device, where the first DRX configuration is a DRX configuration between the communication device and a third communication device, and the first DRX configuration is the DRX configuration between the communication device and the third communication device.
  • a time interval is the time interval between the first resource and the second resource, the first resource is the resource for the second communication device to send SL HARQ feedback to the third communication device, and the second resource is the first communication device Sending resources for SL HARQ feedback to the second communication device;
  • the processing unit 1120 is configured to determine a second DRX configuration according to the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information, where the second DRX configuration is DRX configuration between the first communication device and the second communication device; or, the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to send the first DRX configuration information and/or the first time interval information to its third communication device.
  • the first time interval includes a minimum value of the time interval between the first resource and the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to send first information to the second communication device when the configuration of the first DRX does not match the configuration of the second DRX, the The first information is used to notify the second communication device that the configuration of the first DRX does not match the configuration of the second DRX.
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to send first request information to the second communication device, where the first request information is used to request the second communication device to communicate with the first communication device
  • the device sends the configuration information and/or the first time interval information of the first DRX.
  • the configuration of the first DRX includes the configuration of the third timer and the configuration of the fourth timer
  • the configuration of the second DRX includes the configuration of the first timer and the second timer Configuration of timers; wherein the first timer and/or the third timer are used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer and/or the /or the fourth timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required for receiving the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a second communication device or a chip in the second communication device, then:
  • a processing unit 1120 configured to determine configuration information and/or first time interval information of a first DRX, where the first DRX configuration is a DRX configuration between the second communication device and a third communication device, the first time The interval is the time interval between the first resource and the second resource, the first resource is the resource that the second communication device sends SL HARQ feedback to the third communication device, and the second resource is the first communication device to the third communication device.
  • the resource for sending the SL HARQ feedback by the second communication device; the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to send the configuration information and/or the first time interval information of the first DRX to the first communication device.
  • the first time interval includes a minimum value of the time interval between the first resource and the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to: receive first information from the first communication device, where the first information is used to notify the second communication device of the first DRX
  • the configuration does not match the configuration of the second DRX
  • the second DRX is configured as the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device
  • the configuration of the second DRX is used for the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • SL communication between communication devices, or the second DRX is configured for the first communication device to receive information sent by the second communication device.
  • the transceiver unit 1110 when the first condition is satisfied, performs the step of sending the configuration information of the first DRX and/or the first time interval information to the first communication device.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following: the first time interval changes; the change amount of the first time interval is greater than a first threshold; the configuration of the first DRX The information changes; the change amount of the configuration information of the first DRX is greater than the second threshold.
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is further configured to: receive first request information from the first communication device, where the first request information is used to request the second communication device to send to the first communication device A communication device sends the configuration information and/or the first time interval information of the first DRX.
  • the configuration of the first DRX includes the configuration of the third timer and the configuration of the fourth timer
  • the configuration of the second DRX includes the configuration of the first timer and the second timer Configuration of timers; wherein the first timer and/or the third timer are used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission, and the second timer and/or the /or the fourth timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required for receiving the resource configuration information or authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a first communication device or a chip in the first communication device, then:
  • Transceiver unit 1110 configured to receive second information from a third communication device, where the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, the SL HARQ feedback resources are used by the first communication device to communicate to the third communication device.
  • the third communication device sends the HARQ feedback of the SL; the processing unit 1120 is configured to send third information to the second communication device according to the second information, where the third information is used to notify whether to enable or disable the corresponding correspondence on the second DRX
  • the first timer and/or the second timer of the SL process, or the third information is used to indicate the presence or absence of the SL HARQ feedback resource; and/or, the processing unit 1120 is further configured to, according to the second information , determine whether to start the third timer and/or the fourth timer corresponding to the SL process on the first DRX, and/or, determine whether to start or not start the first timer and/or the corresponding SL process on the second DRX / or a second timer.
  • the first DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the third communication device
  • the second DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device
  • the first DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the timer and/or the third timer are used to indicate the minimum length of time before the arrival of resource configuration information or authorization information expected to be used for SL retransmission
  • the second timer and/or the fourth timer are used to indicate the receiving The maximum duration required to retransmit resource configuration information or authorization information to the SL.
  • the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources, including: the second information is used to indicate the presence or absence of the first SL process or the first SL transport block TB There are SL HARQ feedback resources.
  • the third information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the second DRX to start the first timer and/or the first timer and/or the first timer.
  • Two timers, or the third information is used to indicate the existence of SL HARQ feedback resources; and/or, when the first communication device satisfies the first condition, starts the third timing corresponding to the SL process on the first DRX and/or the fourth timer, and/or the first communication device starts the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process on the second DRX when the second condition is satisfied.
  • the second information when the second information indicates that there are no SL HARQ feedback resources, the second information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the second DRX not to start the first timer and/or or the second timer; or, the second information is used to indicate that there is no SL HARQ feedback resource; and/or, when the first communication device satisfies the first condition, the first DRX does not start corresponding the third timer and/or the fourth timer of the SL process, and/or the first communication device does not start the first timer and/or the corresponding SL process on the second DRX when the second condition is satisfied second timer.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus 1100 may be a third communication device or a chip in the third communication device, then:
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is configured to receive third information from the first communication device, where the third information is used to notify to start or not to start the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process on the second DRX, Alternatively, the third information is used to indicate the presence or absence of SL HARQ feedback resources; the processing unit 1120 is configured to determine, according to the third information, the first timing for starting or not starting the corresponding SL process on the second DRX and/or a second timer, the second DRX is the DRX between the first communication device and the second communication device, and the first timer is used to indicate the resource configuration information expected to be used for SL retransmission Or the minimum duration before the authorization information arrives, and the second timer is used to indicate the maximum duration required to receive the resource configuration information or the authorization information retransmitted by the SL.
  • the third information when the third information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the second DRX to start the first timer and/or the second timer, or, the third information is used to start the first timer and/or the second timer.
  • the second terminal device starts the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process when the third condition is satisfied.
  • the second communication device when the third information is used to notify the SL process corresponding to the second DRX not to start the first timer and/or the second timer, or the third information is used for When indicating that the SL HARQ feedback resource exists, the second communication device does not start the first timer and/or the second timer corresponding to the SL process when the third condition is satisfied.
  • each unit in the above apparatus can be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element; also can all be realized in the form of hardware; some units can also be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element, and some units can be realized in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separately established processing element, or can be integrated in a certain chip of the device to be implemented, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which can be called by a certain processing element of the device and execute the unit's processing. Function.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software being invoked by the processing element.
  • a unit in any of the above apparatuses may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, eg, one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or, one or more Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSPs), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • a unit in the apparatus can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can invoke programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the above transceiver unit 1110 is an interface circuit of the device, and is used to receive signals from or send signals to other devices.
  • the transceiver unit 1110 is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices, or an interface circuit to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 12 it is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. It is used to implement the functions of the first communication device, the second communication device, or the third communication device in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus includes: a processor 1210 and an interface 1230 .
  • the apparatus may further include a memory 1220 .
  • the interface 1230 is used to enable communication with other devices.
  • the methods performed by the first communication device and the second communication device may be invoked through the processor 1210 to a memory (which may be the memory 1220 in the first communication device, the second communication device, or the third communication device, or may be an external memory) ) stored in the program to achieve.
  • the first communication device, the second communication device, or the third communication device may include a processor 1210, and the processor 1210 invokes a program in the memory to execute the first communication device and the second communication device in the above method embodiments.
  • the processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability, such as a CPU.
  • the first communication device or the second communication device may be implemented by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessor DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementations may be combined.
  • the functions/implementation process of the transceiver unit 1110 and the processing unit 1120 in FIG. 11 can be implemented by the processor 1210 in the apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling computer executable instructions stored in the memory 1220 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing unit 1110 in FIG. 11 can be implemented by the processor 1210 in the apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1220, and the function/ The realization process can be realized through the interface 1230 in the apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the functions of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when the computer program product is executed by a computer.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
  • a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • Software units can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this In any other form of storage media in the field.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM EPROM memory
  • EEPROM memory EEPROM memory
  • registers hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
  • the above-described functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code.
  • Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access.
  • Such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor.
  • any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media.
  • DSL digital subscriber line
  • the discs and discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually use Lasers make optical copies of data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
  • the functions described in this application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Communication Control (AREA)

Abstract

一种侧行链路通信方法及装置，该方法包括：第一通信设备接收来自第二通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；第一通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；第一通信设备根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器。采用本申请实施例的方法，第一通信设备可启动SL DRX相关联的第一定时器和第二定时器，节省通信设备的功耗。

Description

一种侧行链路通信方法及装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2021年02月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110185648.0、申请名称为“一种侧行链路通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种侧行链路通信方法及装置。
背景技术
在无线通信系统中，为了在保证数据能够有效传输的前提下节省用户设备(user equipment，UE)的功耗，引入了一种非连续接收(discontinuous reception，DRX)机制来控制UE监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)的行为。如果没有DRX机制，UE会一直监听PDCCH，查看是否有来自服务小区的信息。然而现实中很多时候，UE并不是一直和网络进行有效信息的交互，不会总是执行上传或下载业务，通话时也不会一直有语音数据的传输。如果在UE和网络之间没有数据交互的时候，UE还持续的监听PDCCH，显然是费电的。因此，在保证数据有效传输的前提下，设计的一种节省UE电量的机制就是DRX。当配置DRX时，可以让UE周期性的在某些时候进入睡眠状态(sleep mode)，UE不需要连续的监听PDCCH，而需要监听的时候，则从睡眠状态中唤醒(wake up)，这样就可以使UE达到省电的目的。虽然这样做对数据传输的时延有一定的影响。但如果将时延控制在可接收的用户体验范围内，那么执行DRX对节省功耗是很有意义的。以上是关于Uu空口中的DRX，可以简称为Uu DRX。
与上述Uu DRX相似，在侧行链路(sidelink，SL)中，也提出了DRX的机制，可以简称为SL DRX。UE如何利用上述Uu DRX和/或SL DRX，以实现节省UE的功耗，是本申请实施例待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种侧行链路通信方法及装置，以使得通信设备可以更好地利用Uu DRX和/或SL DRX，节省终端设备的功耗。
第一方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第一通信设备接收来自第二通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；第一通信设备根据侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；可选的，第一通信设备根据第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；其中，第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
通过上述方法，以第一通信设备为RX UE，第二通信设备为TX UE为例，TX UE和RX UE可以根据SL HARQ反馈资源，来启动第一定时器和第二定时器，从而可以对齐两者第一定时器和第二定时器的启动，避免出现TX UE向基站发送NACK时，启动第一定 时器和第二定时器，但RX UE侧由于未成功发送HARQ反馈，未启动第一定时器和第二定时器，RX UE处于睡眠状态，RX UE接收不到TX UE重传的SL数据，导致RX UE侧丢包的问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：第一通信设备在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器；或者，第一通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器；或者，第一通信设备在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器；或者，第一通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，若第二定时器在运行，方法还包括：第一通信设备停止第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：第一通信设备未成功发送或未发送HARQ反馈，HARQ反馈为肯定确认ACK或否定确认NACK；第一通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备根据第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当第一定时器超时时，若第一通信设备成功或失败解码侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据，第一通信设备启动第二定时器，或者，当第一定时器超时时，第一通信设备启动第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备根据第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当第一定时器超时时，第一通信设备未成功发送或未发送HARQ反馈，第一通信设备启动第二定时器，HARQ反馈为ACK或NACK；或者，当第一定时器超时时，第一通信设备成功发送或发送HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为NACK，第一通信设备启动第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备未成功发送或未发送HARQ反馈，包括：第一通信设备因优先化prioritization或冲突，未成功发送或未发送HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：第一通信设备成功或失败发送SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；第一终通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备根据第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当第一定时器超时时，第一通信设备启动第二定时器。(无论是否成功解码SL数据，都启动第二定时器)
第二方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；第二通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器；第二通信设备根据第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；其中，第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：第二通信设备在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器；或者，第二通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器；或者，第二通信设备在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器；或者，第二通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，若第二定时器在运行，方法还包括：第二通信设备停止第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二通信设备根据第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当第一定时器超时时，第二通信设备启动第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二通信设备根据第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当第一定时器超时时，若第二通信设备成功收到HARQ反馈，HARQ反馈包括侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为NACK，或第二通信设备未成功收到HARQ反馈，或第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送HARQ反馈且该HARQ反馈为NACK，则第二通信设备启动第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三通信设备可以是第二通信设备的网络设备。
第三方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；第一通信设备确定未接收到HARQ反馈，HARQ反馈包括侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示第一通信设备未接收到HARQ反馈。
通过上述方法，以第一通信设备为TX UE，第二通信设备为RX UE为例，当TX UE确定由于自身收发冲突或优先化等原因，未接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈时，TX UE可以向RX UE发送指示信息。RX UE在接收到该指示信息时，在第一定时器超时时，无论是否成功解码数据，都启动第二定时器，从而可以使RX UE处于唤醒态，接收到TX UE发送的重传，避免RX UE侧丢包。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备确定未接收到HARQ反馈，包括：第一通信设备因收发冲突或优先化prioritization，未接收到HARQ反馈。
第四方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第二通信设备接收来自第一通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送HARQ反馈，HARQ反馈包括侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；第二通信设备接收来自第一通信设备的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一通信设备未接收到HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二通信设备在发送HARQ反馈后，启动第五定时器，在第五定时器的运行期间，第二通信设备处于激活时间。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信设备未接收到HARQ反馈，包括：第一通信设备因收发冲突或优先化prioritization，未接收到HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，方法还包括：第二通信设备发送HARQ反馈时或后，启动第一定时器；或者，第二通信设备发送HARQ反馈后的第一个时间单元，启动第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，方法还包括：当第一定时器超时时，第二通信设备启动第二定时器。
第五方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；第一通信设备确定未接收到HARQ反馈，HARQ反馈包括侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；第一通信设备向第三通信设备发送第二信息，或NACK和第二信息；其中，第二信息用于指示第一通信设备未接收到HARQ反馈，或者，第二信息用于指示第三通信设备在NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传，第二定时器用于指示收 到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
通过上述方法，以第一通信设备为TX UE，第二通信设备为RX UE，第三通信设备为基站为例，当RX UE成功发送HARQ反馈，但RX UE未成功接上述HARQ反馈时，TX UE可以向基站上报NACK。本申请的改进之处在于，TX UE除向基站上报NACK之外，还向基站上报第二信息，用于指示基站在NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器的运行期间，仅调度当前HARQ进程的重传。原因如下：在当前的方案中，当RX UE发送HARQ反馈后，RX UE可以启动第一定时器。当第一定时器超时时，RX UE未成功解码数据，即RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为NACK时，RX UE才启动第二定时器。而当第一定时器超时，若RX UE成功解码数据，即RX UE发的HARQ反馈为ACK，RX UE不会启动第二定时器。在本申请实施例中，由于TX UE没有接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈，TX UE并不知道RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为NACK，还是ACK。因此，在本申请实施例中，在上述情况下，TX UE不再区分RX UE发送的HARQ反馈是ACK还是NACK，TX UE统一向基站发送第二信息，以指示基站仅调度当前SL HARQ进程的重传，不调度SL新传或其它SL进程的重传。相应的，TX UE仅向RX UE发送当前SL HARQ进程的重传。这样做的好处如下：若RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为NACK，RX UE会在SL DRX上启动第二定时器，RX UE可以接收到TX UE发送的当前SL HARQ进程的重传。而若RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为ACK，RX UE可能接收不到当前SL HARQ进程的重传，但由于RX UE反馈的HARQ反馈为ACK，代表对应SL进程的数据在上一次传输中已被RX UE成功解码，当前传输过程中接收不到，也没有问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三通信设备可以是第一通信设备的网络设备。
第六方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第三通信设备接收来自第一通信设备的第二信息，或NACK和第二信息；其中，第二信息用于指示第一通信设备未接收到HARQ反馈，或者，第二信息用于指示第三通信设备在NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传，第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长；第三通信设备在NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三通信设备可以是第一通信设备的网络设备。
第七方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第一通信设备接收来自第二通信设备的第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，第一DRX配置为通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，第一资源为第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源，第二资源为第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；第一通信设备根据第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，确定第二DRX配置，第二DRX配置为第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的DRX配置；或者，第一通信设备向其第三通信设备发送第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
通过上述方法，以第一通信设备为RX UE，第二通信设备为TX UE为例，可以使得SL DRX的配置与Uu DRX的配置相匹配，从而避免RX UE接收不到基站在Uu DRX的第二定时器运行期间内调度的SL重传和/或新传。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三通信设备可以是第二通信设备的网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最 小值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：当第一DRX的配置与第二DRX的配置不匹配时，第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于通知第二通信设备第一DRX的配置与第二DRX的配置不匹配。
在一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送第一请求信息，第一请求信息用于请求第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；其中，第一定时器和/或第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，第二定时器和/或第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
第八方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第二通信设备确定第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，第一DRX配置为第二通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，第一资源为第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源，第二资源为第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三通信设备可以是第二通信设备的网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二通信设备接收来自第一通信设备的第一信息，第一信息用于通知第二通信设备第一DRX的配置与第二DRX的配置不匹配，第二DRX配置为第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的DRX，第二DRX的配置用于第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的SL通信，或者，第二DRX配置用于第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在满足第一条件时，第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息的步骤。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一条件包括以下至少一项：第一时间间隔发生变化；第一时间间隔的变化量大于第一阈值；第一DRX的配置信息发生变化；第一DRX的配置信息的变化量大于第二阈值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二通信设备接收来自第一通信设备的第一请求信息，第一请求信息用于请求第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；其中，第一定时器和/或第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，第二定时器和/或第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
第九方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第一通信设备接收来自第三通信设备 的第二信息，第二信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，SL HARQ反馈资源用于第一通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL的HARQ反馈；第一通信设备根据第二信息，向第二通信设备发送第三信息，第三信息用于通知在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者第三信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源；和/或，第一通信设备根据第二信息，确定在第一DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第三定时器和/或第四定时器，和/或，确定在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。其中，第一DRX为第一通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX，第二DRX为第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的DRX，第一定时器和/或第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，第二定时器和/或第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
通过上述方法，以TX UE为第一通信设备，RX UE为第二通信设备为例，可以避免当RX UE不知道某个SL HARQ进程因未配置PUCCH资源，而TX UE在Uu DRX上未启动对应的第一定时器和sl第二定时器时，RX UE自身启动SL DRX上对应的第二定时器时，而造成的RX UE的功耗浪费。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三通信设备可以是第一通信设备的网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，包括：第二信息用于指示第一SL进程或第一SL传输块TB存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第二信息指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，第三信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程启动第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源；和/或，第一通信设备在满足第一条件时，在第一DRX上启动对应SL进程的第三定时器和/或第四定时器，和/或，第一通信设备在满足第二条件时，在第二DRX上启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第二信息指示不存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，第二信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程不启动第一定时器和/或第二定时器；或者，第二信息用于指示不存在SL HARQ反馈资源；和/或，第一通信设备在满足第一条件时，在第一DRX上不启动对应SL进程的第三定时器和/或第四定时器，和/或，第一通信设备在满足第二条件时，在第二DRX上不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
第十方面，提供一种侧行链路通信方法，包括：第二通信设备接收来自第一通信设备的第三信息，第三信息用于通知在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，第三信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源；第二通信设备根据第三信息，确定在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应的SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，第二DRX为第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的DRX，第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第三信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程启动第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，第二终端设备在满足第三条件时，启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第三信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程不启动第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，第二通 信设备在满足第三条件时，不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
第十一方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一通信设备，还可以是第一通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第一方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于接收来自第二通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；处理单元，用于根据侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器；其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的设计中，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：在所述SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈为肯定确认ACK或否定确认NACK；根据所述SL HARQ反馈资源，启动所述第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，成功或失败解码所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器，或者，当所述第一定时器超时时，启动所述第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器，所述HARQ反馈为ACK或NACK；或者，当所述第一定时器超时时，成功发送或发送所述HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为NACK，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器。
第十二方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第二通信设备，还可以是第二通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第二方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于向第一通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；处理单元，用于根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，若所述第二通信设备成功收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为NACK，或所述第二通信设备未成功收到所述HARQ反馈，或所述第二通 信设备向第三通信设备发送HARQ反馈且该HARQ反馈为NACK，则所述第二通信设备启动所述第二定时器。
第十三方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一通信设备，还可以是第一通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第三方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于向第二通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；处理单元，用于确定未接收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；收发单元，还用于向所述第二通信设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到所述HARQ反馈。
第十四方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第二通信设备，还可以是第二通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第四方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于接收来自第一通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；所述收发单元，还用于向第一通信设备发送HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；所述收发单元，还用于接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到所述HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：处理单元，用于在发送所述HARQ反馈后，启动第五定时器，在所述第五定时器的运行期间，所述第二通信设备处于激活时间。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述未接收到所述HARQ反馈，包括：因收发冲突或优先化prioritization，未接收到所述HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于：发送所述HARQ反馈时或后，启动第一定时器；或者，发送所述HARQ反馈后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于：当所述第一定时器超时时，启动第二定时器。
第十五方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一通信设备，还可以是第一通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第五方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于向第二通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；处理单元，用于确定未接收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；所述收发单元，还用于向第三通信设备发送第二信息，或NACK和第二信息；其中，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到所述HARQ反馈，或者，所述第二信息用于指示所述第三通信设备在所述NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
第十六方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第三通信设备，还可以是第三通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第六方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相 对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于接收来自第一通信设备的第二信息，或NACK和第二信息；其中，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到HARQ反馈，或者，所述第二信息用于指示所述第三通信设备在所述NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长；处理单元，用于在所述NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传。
第十七方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一通信设备，还可以是第一通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第七方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用接收来自第二通信设备的第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为所述通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；处理单元，用于根据所述第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，确定第二DRX配置，所述第二DRX配置为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX配置；或者，所述收发单元，还用于向其第三通信设备发送所述第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元，还用于在所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配时，向所述第二通信设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二通信设备发送第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，所述第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；其中，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
第十八方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第二通信设备，还可以是第二通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第八方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：处理单元，用于确定第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为所述第二通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；收发单元，用于向第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元，还用于：接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与第二DRX的配置不匹配，所述第二DRX配置为第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的DRX，所述第二DRX的配置用于所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的SL通信，或者，所述第二DRX配置用于所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的信息。
第十九方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一通信设备，还可以是第一通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第九方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于接收来自第三通信设备的携带第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于所述第一通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL的HARQ反馈；处理单元，用于根据所述第二信息，向第二通信设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于通知在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者第三信息用于指示存在或不存在所述SL HARQ反馈资源；和/或，所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第二信息，确定在第一DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第三定时器和/或第四定时器，和/或，确定在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，包括：所述第二信息用于指示第一SL进程或第一SL传输块TB存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源。
第二十方面，提供一种侧行链路通信装置，该通信装置可以是第二通信设备，还可以是第二通信设备中的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第十方面中的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，包括：收发单元，用于接收来自第一通信设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于通知在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，所述第三信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源；处理单元，用于根据所述第三信息，确定在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应的SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，所述第二DRX为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
第二十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，包括处理器和存储器；该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当该装置运行时，该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令，以使该装置执行如上述第一方面至第十方面中的各实现方法的功能。
第二十二方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，包括用于执行上述第一方面至第十方面的各实现方法的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。
第二十三方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，包括处理器和接口电路，所述处理器用于通过接口电路与其它装置通信，并执行上述第一方面至第十方面的各实现方法。该处理器包括一个或多个。
第二十四方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，包括处理器，用于与存储器相连，用于调用所述存储器中存储的程序，以执行上述第一方面至第十方面的各实现方法。该存储器可以位于该装置之内，也可以位于该装置之外。且该处理器包括一个或多个。
第二十五方面，本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得上述第一方面至第十方面的各实现方法被执行。
第二十六方面，本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机产品包括计算机程序，当计算机程序运行时，使得上述第一方面至第十方面的各实现方法被执行。
第二十七方面，本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统，包括：处理器，用于执行上述第一方面至第十方面的各实现方法。
第二十八方面，本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，包括用于执行上述任一方面的第一通信设备，和上述任一方面的第二通信设备。可选的，还可以包括上述任一方面的第三通信设备。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的示意图；
图2A为本申请实施例提供的DRX周期的示意图；
图2B为本申请实施例一提供的场景示意图；
图2C为本申请实施例一提供的侧行链路通信方法的流程图；
图3为本申请实施例一提供的侧行链路通信方法的流程图；
图4为本申请实施例二提供的场景示意图；
图5为本申请实施例二提供的侧行链路通信方法的流程图；
图6为本申请实施例三提供的侧行链路通信方法的流程图；
图7为本申请实施例三提供的场景示意图；
图8为本申请实施例四提供的侧行链路通信方法的流程图；
图9为本申请实施例五提供的侧行链路通信方法的流程图；
图10为本申请实施例五提供的场景示意图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的装置的一结构示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的装置的另一结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
图1示出了本申请实施例可应用的通信系统100。通信系统100可以是长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、第五代(5 th generation，5G)通信系统、新空口(new radio，NR)通信系统，还可以是机器与机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信系统、车联网通信系统、设备对设备(device to device，D2D)通信系统、第六代及后续未来演进的通信系统等。
如图1所示，通信系统100可以包括：两个或两个以上的终端设备101。其中，终端设备101与终端设备101之间可通过无线接口(如PC5接口)进行通信。在PC5接口上， 终端设备101与终端设备101之间传输数据的链路可以称为SL。
SL通信一般用于车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)或D2D等设备直联通信的场景。V2X是指把车联到网或车联成网，包括4种不同类型的应用，分别为汽车对汽车(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)、汽车对基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure，V2I)、汽车对网络(vehicle to network，V2N)、和汽车对行人(vehicle to pedestrian，V2P)等。通过这4种应用，车辆、路边的基础设施、应用服务器和行人等可收集、处理和分享周边车辆和环境的状态信息，以提供更智能化的服务，如无人驾驶(unmanned driving)、自动驾驶(automated driving)、辅助驾驶(driver assistance)、智能驾驶(intelligent driving)、网联驾驶(connected driving)、智能网联驾驶(intelligent network driving)、和汽车共享(car sharing)等。
如图1所示，在V2V场景下，终端设备101可以是车载终端。在PC5接口上，车载终端与车载终端之间可通过SL交互数据，如车辆位置、车载速度、行驶方向等指示车辆动态的数据等。例如，车载终端A可以通过SL向另一车载终端B发送SL数据，该SL数据用于指示上述数据所表达的内容。例如，在车载终端B的用户界面中所显示的内容可以为“后方车辆A的车牌号码(“FAF787”)、后方车辆A正在执行的驾驶操作(“后方车辆FAF787正在执行超车操作”)、后方车辆A的当前车速(“80km/h”)等等。这样，可以降低交通事故的发生率，增强驾驶安全。
可选的，在上述图1所示的通信系统100中还可以包括网络设备102。其中，网络设备102与终端设备101之间的通信接口为Uu空口。其中，网络设备102可以在网络设备控制器(未示出)，如基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)的控制下，通过Uu空口与终端设备101通信。
目前，SL通信的一种主要资源分配方式为基于网络设备(如基站)调度的资源分配方式。在这种SL的资源分配方式中，基站在PDCCH中下发下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)来动态的分配资源，发送用户设备(transmit user equipment，TX UE)需要监听PDCCH以获得基站下发的SL授权(grant)。
在Uu空口上，为了降低UE一直监听PDCCH所造成的功率消耗，目前3GPP采用的一种解决方式为非连续接收(discontinuous reception，DRX)机制。下面说明当前的DRX机制。
(1)DRX机制的基本工作原理。
如图2A所示，在LTE或NR系统的，DRX机制中，网络设备为处于无线资源控制(radio control resource，RRC)连接态的UE配置的一个DRX周期(DRX cycle)。DRX周期由“On Duration”和“Opportunity for DRX”这两个时间段组成。“On Duration”可称为持续期，“Opportunity for DRX”可称为DRX机会。在“On Duration”内，UE监听并接收PDCCH。在“Opportunity for DRX”内，UE不监听PDCCH以减少功耗。“On Duration”的值(如10ms)指定了，从DRX Cycle的起始位置开始，UE需要监听PDCCH的时间。“On Duration”可以大于1ms，也可以小于1ms。在“On Duration”内，UE处于唤醒态，即UE监听PDCCH。在“Opportunity for DRX”内，UE处于休眠态，即UE不监听PDCCH。这里，休眠态仅是针对监听PDCCH而言，表示UE不监听PDCCH。处于休眠态的UE依然处于RRC连接态，能够在Uu空口上通过物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)、物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)等传输上行数据或通过物理下行共享信道(physicaldownlink shared channel，PDSCH)接收基站发送的下行数据，还 能够在PC5接口上通过物理侧行链路共享信道(physicalSidelink shared channel，PSSCH)、物理侧行链路控制信道(physicalSidelink control channel，PSCCH)等传输SL数据。
(2)引入往返时间(round trip time，RTT)定时器timer和重传retransmission定时器timer。
在NR系统中，如果基站为TX UE配置了基于SL的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)反馈的重传机制后，那么对于基于基站调度的资源分配方式，一种可能的HARQ工作方式是：基站根据SL数据传输的HARQ反馈(feedback)来为TXUE调度重传资源。HARQ反馈可以是否定性确认(negtive acknowledgment，NACK)或肯定性确认(acknowledgment，ACK)。举例来说，如果数据a的HARQ反馈为NACK，则基站在接收到NACK之后，为数据a的重传调度资源，并在PDCCH下发用于数据a的重传的SL授权(grant)。
当Tx UE向基站发送的数据a的HARQ确认为NACK时，Tx UE之后需要接收基站下发的用于调度数据a重传的PDCCH，以进行数据a的重传。但是，基于目前的DRX机制，在基站下发该PDCCH时，TX UE可能已经进入“opportunity for DRX”状态，不再监听PDCCH。TX UE需要等到下一个DRX cycle的“On Duration”才会监听PDCCH，才能接收到基站下发的用于调度数据a重传的PDCCH，然后进行数据a的重传。这会导致TX UE在SL上的数据重传被延迟，导致SL上传输的业务的服务质量(quality of service，QoS)要求无法被满足。
基于上述，为了降低SL数据的传输时延的方案，引入了定时器：RTT timer和retransmission timer。示例的，TX UE在利用PUCCH资源，向基站发送HARQ反馈时，即启动RTT timer。在RTT timer超时，且TX UE解码数据失败，即发送的HARQ反馈为NACK时，启动retransmission timer。TX UE在retransmission timer的运行期间，监听PDCCH，从而可避免TX UE在下一个DRX周期内的“on duration”期间，才可以监听PDCCH，从而降低SL数据的传输时延。
在上述描述中，一直在描述基站与TX UE间的DRX机制，该DRX可称为Uu DRX。可以看出，在Uu DRX中，当TX UE向基站发送HARQ反馈时，启动RTT timer。且在RTT timer超时时，且解码数据失败时，才启动retransmission timer。目前，在TX UE与接收用户设备(receive user equipment，RX UE)之间，提出了SL DRX的机制。在SL DRX中同样存在RTT timer和retransmission timer。关于TX UE与RX UE间如何启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，业界还没有明确的方案。举例来说，若在SL DRX中，沿用上述Uu DRX中启动RTT timer和retransmission timer的方案。在一种可能的设计中，在SL DRX中，RX UE可以在发送HARQ反馈时，启动RTT timer。当RTT timer超时时，且RX UE未成功解码数据时，RX UE可以启动retransmission timer。在该设计中，存在以下问题：如图2B所示，在一种场景中，RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈，TX UE将向基站反馈NACK。基站接收到上述NACK时，将重新分配SL重传资源，且通过DCI指示给TX UE。后续TX UE在分配的SL重传资源上，向RX UE重传SL数据。但是通过上述分析可以看出，由于RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈，如果沿用上述Uu DRX的设计，则RX UE将不能成功启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，那么RX UE有可能处于睡眠态，从而RX UE不能接收到TX UE重传的SL数据，引起RX UE侧的丢包。
1、基于上述问题，本申请实施例提供一种解决方案，在该方案中，修改RX UE启动RTT timer和retransmission timer的条件，不依赖于成功发送HARQ后，启动RTT timer和 retransmission timer。该方法具体为：RX UE在接收到TX UE发送的SCI时，即根据用于传输SL HARQ反馈的资源，例如PSFCH的资源，启动RTT timer；RX UE根据RTT timer，启动retransmission timer。从而使得RX UE在未成功发送HARQ反馈时，也可以启动retransmission timer，使得RX UE可以处于唤醒态，避免RX UE侧丢包。关于该方案的具体介绍，可参见下述实施例一。
2、除此之外，本申请实施例还提供以下方案，当RX UE成功发送HARQ反馈后，TX UE由于自身收发冲突或优先化等原因，未接收到上述HARQ反馈时，也可能会引出丢包的问题。比如，TX UE由于收发冲突或优先化等原因，未接收至上述HARQ反馈，TX UE将向基站发送NACK，基站会重新为TX UE与RX UE间的SL传输分配SL资源，然后TX UE在分配的SL资源上，向RX UE发送SL数据。同时，我们通过上述分析可以看出，若沿用Uu DRX的设计，RX UE发送HARQ时，启动RTT timer；当RTT timer超时时，且发送的HARQ反馈为NACK时，RX UE才启动retransmission timer。若RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为ACK，RX UE不会启动retransmission timer。但是在RX UE发送ACK的场景下，由于TX UE未接收到上述ACK，TX UE也会向基站发送NACK，基站由此认为RX UE会在后续一段时间启动对应SL进程的retransmission timer，从而会为TX UE分配SL重传或新传资源，这样TX UE会在该retransmission timer运行时间内向RX UE发送重传或新传的SL数据。由于在RX UE发送ACK的场景下，RX UE未启动retransmission timer，可能会导致RX UE丢包。基于上述问题，本申请实施例提供一种解决方案，在该方案中，TX UE当确定由于自身收发冲突或优先化等原因，未接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈时，可向RX UE发送第一指示，用于指示TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈。后续，RX UE可以无论发送的是HARQ反馈是ACK还是NACK，都启动retransmission timer，从而避免RX UE丢包。关于该方案的具体介绍，可参见下述实施例二。
3、本申请实施例还提供以下方案，该方案主要用于当TX UE未接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈时，且未接收到HARQ反馈的原因并不是因于TX UE的自身收发冲突或优化先等原因引起的，TX UE可以向基站发送指示信息，指示基站在后续的retransmission timer的运行期间，仅调度对应HARQ进程的重传资源，不进行其它HARQ进程的重新和新传。关于该方案的具体介绍，以及效果分析，可参见下述实施例三。需要说明的是，不论TX UE未接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈是因为TX UE自身收发冲突或优先化原因，还是因为其他原因，本发明实施例二和实施例三中的方法都适用。
4、本申请实施例中还提供以下方案，主要用于当Uu RX与SL DRX不匹配时，可能会引起丢包的问题。TX UE可以向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置信息和第一时间间隔的信息。RX UE根据Uu DRX的配置信息和第一时间间隔，确定SL DRX的配置；RX UE当SL DRX的配置与Uu DRX的配置不匹配时，RX UE可以向TX UE发送通知信息，以通知TX UE对应的基站调整Uu DRX的配置和/或第一时间间隔等。关于该实施例的具体介绍，可参见下述实施例四。
5、本申请实施例中还提供以下方案，主要用于当基站对于某个用于SL的HARQ进程没有指示SL HARQ反馈资源时，TX UE和基站都不会启动Uu DRX上该HARQ进程对应的RTT timer和retransmission timer。但RX UE并不知道上述情况，RX UE仍然可能会启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和retransmission timer，会造成RX UE的功耗浪费。在本申请实施例的方案中，TX UE可以向RX UE发送关于是否有SL HARQ反馈资源的指示信 息，RX UE根据上述指示信息，启动或不启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，或者，TX UE可以向RX UE发送关于某个用于SL的HARQ进程是否有SL HARQ反馈资源的指示信息，RX UE根据该指示信息，启动或不启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和retransmission timer，从而可避免RX UE的功耗浪费。关于该实施例可具体参见下述实施例五中的记载。
需要说明的是，上述图1所示的通信系统100仅仅是为了清楚的说明本申请的技术方案，并不构成对本申请的限定。本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演进和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
为了便于理解，首先介绍下本申请实施例所涉及的名词或术语，该名词或术语也作为本申请实施例发明内容的一部分。
1、通信设备。
本申请实施例中的通信设备，可以为终端设备或网络设备等。例如，在本申请实施例的描述中，第一通信设备和第二通信设备可以为终端设备。以下对终端设备的概念进行介绍：
终端设备可以简称为终端，是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备、车联网中的终端设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备，以及还可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)等。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，第五代(5th generation，5G)或未来演进的网络中的终端设备等。终端设备有时也可以称为终端、接入终端设备、车载终端设备、工业控制终端设备、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。本申请实施例对此并不限定。
例如，在本申请的描述中，第三通信设备可以为网络设备，以下对网络设备的概念进行介绍：
网络设备，可以是接入网设备，接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)设备，是一种为终端设备提供无线通信功能的设备。接入网设备例如包括但不限于：5G中的下一代基站(generation nodeB，gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved nodeB，或home node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)、收发点(transmitting and receiving point，TRP)、发射点(transmitting point，TP)、移动交换中 心等。接入网设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit，CU)，和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)，或者网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的网络中的网络设备等。终端设备可以与不同技术的多个接入网设备进行通信，例如，终端设备可以与支持长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)的接入网设备通信，也可以与支持5G的接入网设备通信，还可以与支持LTE的接入网设备以及支持5G的接入网设备的双连接。本申请实施例并不限定。
2、侧行链路(sidelink，SL)。
侧行链路用于终端设备与终端设备之间的通信，终端设备与终端设备之间的通信接口为PC5接口。侧行链路通信中涉及的信道可以包括物理侧行链路共享信道(phycical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)、物理侧行链路控制信道(physical sidelink control channel,PSCCH)和物理侧行链路反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel，PSFCH)。
其中，PSSCH用于承载侧行链路数据(SL data)，PSCCH用于承载侧行链路控制信息(sidelinkcontrolinformation，SCI)，所述SCI也可以称为侧行链路调度分配(sidelink schedulingassigment，SL SA)。SL SA是用于数据调度相关的信息，比如，用于承载PSSCH的资源配置和/或调制编码机制(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)等信息。PSFCH可以用于传输侧行链路反馈控制信息(sidelink feedback control information，SFCI)。侧行链路反馈控制信息可以包括信道状态信息(channel state information，CSI)和HARQ等信息。其中，HARQ信息中可以具体为否定性确认(negtive acknowledgment，NACK)或肯定性确认(acknowledgment，ACK)。
3、第一定时器和第二定时器。
第一定时器和第二定时器可以为与SL DRX关联的定时器。第一定时器可以称为sl-drx-HARQ-RTT-Time，第二定时器可以称为sl-drx-RetransmissionTimer。
其中，第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，也就是说，第一定时器的取值可为“期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长”；或者，第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达接收端前的最小时长，也就是说，第一定时器的取值可为“期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达接收端前的最小时长”；所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长，也就是说，第二定时器的取值可为“直到收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息的最大时长”。或者，所述第二定时器用于指示接收端收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长，也就是说，第二定时器的取值可为“直到接收端收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息的最大时长”。
4、第三定时器和第四定时器。
第三定时器和第四定时器可以为与Uu DRX关联的定时器。第三定时器可以称为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL，第四定时器可以称为drx-RetransmissionTimerSL。
其中，第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，也就是说，第三定时器的取值可为“期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长”；或者，第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达接收端前的最小时长，也就是说，第三定时器的取值可为“期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达接收端前的最小时长”；所述第四定时器用于指示收到SL 重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长，也就是说，第四定时器的取值可为“直到收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息的最大时长”。或者，所述第四定时器用于指示接收端收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长，也就是说，第四定时器的取值可为“直到接收端收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息的最大时长”。
5、时间单元。
时间单元为用于数据传输的时域单元，可包括无线帧(radio frame)、子帧(subframe)、时隙(slot)、微时隙(mini-slot)和时域符号(symbol)等时域单位。在5G新空口(new radio，NR)中，一个无线帧可以包括10个子帧，一个子帧可以包括一个或多个时隙，具体一个子帧包括多少个时隙与子载波间隔相关。
针对不同的子载波间隔可以有不同的时隙长度。比如子载波间隔为15kHz时，一个时隙为1毫秒(millisecond，ms)；子载波间隔为30kHz时，一个时隙为0.5ms。微时隙，又称为迷你时隙，可以是比时隙更小的单位，一个微时隙可以包括一个或多个符号。比如一个微时隙可以包括2个符号、4个符号或7个符号等。一个时隙可以包括一个或多个微时隙。
以15kHz的子载波间隔为例，1个无线帧可持续10ms，每个子帧可持续1ms，1个无线帧包括10个子帧，每个时隙持续1ms，每个子帧可包括1个时隙，每个时隙可包括14个符号。进一步的，微时隙可包括4个符号、2个符号或7个符号等。
需要说明的是，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。并且，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a-b，a-c，b-c，或a-b-c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。另外，为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。
本申请提供了多种SL DRX与Uu DRX对齐方法，下面将分别通过如下各实施例进行描述。这些SL DRX与Uu DRX对齐方法有些仅针对SL DRX与Uu DRX对齐的过程中的部分流程，有些可以应用于SL DRX与Uu DRX对齐的过程中的任意一个或多个流程。应理解的是，这些SL DRX与Uu DRX对齐方法可以相互结合使用，比如，可以是SL DRX与Uu DRX对齐的过程中的某一流程使用一种方法而另一流程使用另一种方法，还可以是SL DRX与Uu DRX对齐的过程中的某一流程既使用一种方法又使用另一种方法。
应理解的是，SL DRX与Uu DRX的过程有可能会随着技术方案的演进而发生变化，本申请提供的技术方案并不限于下面描述的过程。进一步的，本申请实施例中对场景的描述仅为举例，并不限定本申请实施例的方案仅能运用为描述场景中，同样适用于存在类似问题的场景等。
另外，本申请中，通信设备判断优先化可以在物理层进行，物理层将优先化的结果告知MAC层，用于MAC层确定DRX相关定时器(如本申请实施例中启动RTT timer和/ 或retransmission timer)的行为。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，当RX UE的发送SL HARQ反馈与接收SL HARQ反馈发送冲突时，可以由RX UE的物理层执行判断上述优先化的过程。之后，RX UE的物理层将优先化的结果告知MAC层。例如，上述结果可以为RX UE发送SL HARQ反馈的优先级较低，此时RX UE不发送SL HARQ反馈。
在本申请的相关描述中，未成功发送HARQ反馈(does not transmit HARQ feedback successfully)可以替换为：未发送HARQ反馈(does not transmit)_，或者失败发送HARQ反馈(fail to transmit)等；成功发送HARQ可以替换为：发送HARQ。未成功接收HARQ反馈可以替换为：未接收HARQ反馈、或者失败接收HARQ反馈等；HARQ反馈也可以替换为PSFCH等。成功接收HARQ可以替换为：接收HARQ等。
实施例一。
本申请实施例一提供一种侧行链路通信方法，在介绍该方法之前，先对该实施例一的描述作如下说明：1、在以下描述中，SL HARQ反馈资源，还可以替换为PSFCH反馈资源。2、在下描述中，若没有限定HARQ一定是NACK或HARQ一定是ACK的情况，上述HARQ可以为NACK或ACK等。3、成功发送HARQ反馈可以替换为：发送HARQ反馈。在后续描述中，如无特别之处，不再重复说明。
如图2C所示，提供一种侧行链路通信方法的流程，在该流程中以第一通信设备为RX UE，第二通信设备为TX UE，第一定时器为RTT timer，第二定时器为retransmission timer为例，至少包括以下：
步骤200：RX UE接收来自TX UE的侧行链路控制信息。所述侧行链路控制信息可以为SCI、PSCCH、第一级SCI，第二级SCI，或者，第一级SCI和第二级SCI等，不作限定。在下述描述中，以侧行链路控制信息为SCI为例，进行描述。
步骤201：RX UE根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动RTT timer，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈。
在本申请实施例中，上述SL HARQ反馈资源可以是配置的，用于传输HARQ反馈的资源。例如，在执行本申请实施例的方案时，上述SL HARQ反馈资源可以已经配置给RX UE。例如，可以是TX UE配置给RX UE的，或者可以是网络设备配置给RX UE的等，不作限定。该SL HARQ反馈资源还可以称为PSFCH资源等。该SL HARQ反馈资源中可以包括一个或多个时间单元，关于时间单元的说明可参见上述术语解释部分的记载，不再赘述。在本申请实施例中，当RX UE接收到TX UE发送的SCI时，该SCI可以作为一个触发条件，触发RX UE启动RTT timer。关于启动RTT timer的具体的时间，可以根据上述配置的SL HARQ反馈资源确定。例如，在RX UE接收到上述SCI时，RX UE可以在上述多个时间单元中的任一个时间单元，启动RTT timer。例如，RX UE可以在上述多个时间单元中的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer，即RX UE在SL HARQ反馈资源中包括的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer。或者，在RX UE接收到上述SCI时，RX UE可以在上述SL HARQ反馈资源后，启动RTT timer。其中，RX UE可以在上述SL HARQ反馈资源后的任一个时间单元，启动RTT timer，不作限定。例如，RX UE可以在上述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer等。
通过上述描述，可以看出，RX UE在接收到SCI时，RX UE可以在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一时间单元，或者，在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer 等。以SL HARQ反馈资源为配置的为例，则RX UE可以在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，或者可以在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer等。
需要说明的是，在RX UE启动RTT timer时，若retransmission timer正在运行，则RX UE还可以停止正在运行的retransmission timer等，以便后续根据RTT timer，启动retransmission timer，使得TX UE和RX UE之间的RTT timer和retransmission timer的启动同步。
可选的，步骤202：RX UE根据RTT timer，启动或不启动retransmission timer。关于RX UE根据RTT timer，启动或不启动retransmission timer，作如下说明：TX UE可以判断RTT timer是否超时，若RTT timer未超时，则不启动retransmission timer。当RTT timer超时时，RX UE可以启动retransmission timer。或者，当RTT timer超时时，还需要再满足其它条件，才可以启动retransmission timer。具体可参见下述记载。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述RX UE在RTT timer超时时，可以启动retransmission timer。即在RTT timer超时时，无论是否成功解码SCI或SCI调度的SL数据，均启动retransmission timer。在本申请的描述中，若无特别说明，通常RX UE侧是否成功解码，是指RX UE是否成功解码SCI或SCI调度的SL数据等。或者，在另一种可能的实现方式中，上述RX UE在RTT timer超时时，可以判断是否满足预设条件，满足预设条件时，RX UE才启动retransmission timer。上述预设条件可以为RX UE未成功解码，或者RX UE未成功发送SL HARQ反馈等。关于该预设条件将在以下实施例中具体介绍。
通过上述描述，可以看出，在本申请实施例中，当RX UE接收到SCI时，该SCI可以作为一个触发条件，RX UE根据配置的SL HARQ反馈资源包括的时间单元，启动RTT timer。当RTT timer超时时，RX UE启动retransmission timer。或者，当RTT timer超时，且满足预设条件时，RX UE启动retransmission timer。
需要说明的是，上述SCI作为启动RTT timer的触发条件。在一种可能的实施例中，除上述SCI的触发外，RX UE可能还需要满足其它条件，才启动RTT timer等。例如，上述其它条件可以包括TX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈等。也即在一种示例1中：
当RX UE接收到SCI时，RX UE可以执行发送该SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈。之后，RX UE判断上述HARQ是否成功发送。若RX UE未成功发送上述HARQ反馈，则RX UE可以在上述用于发送HARQ反馈的SL HARQ反馈资源中包括的第一个时间单元中，启动RTT timer。或者，RX UE可以在上述用于发送HARQ反馈的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer等。当RTT timer超时时，RX启动retransmission timer。可选的，关于RX UE成功发送上述HARQ反馈时，是否沿用本申请实施例中的方案，启动RTT timer，不作限定。比如，在一种可能的实现方式中，若RX UE成功发送HARQ反馈，可以沿用Uu DRX的配置，启动RTT timer，即在发送该HARQ反馈后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer等。
在本申请实施例中，RX UE未成发送HARQ反馈的原因可以包括RX UE因优先化(prioritization)或冲突等原因，导致RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈。关于优先化作如下解释：确定优先次序，据此选取优先级更高的。具体的，针对本发明讨论的内容，优先化可进一步理解为：当RX UE同一时间需要发送两个或两个以上的信息(可选的，上述信息还可替换为信号或信令)时，或者RXUE在同一时间需要接收和发送时，或者RXUE在同 一时间需要在两个或两个以上的物理信道上进行发送时，或者RX UE在同一时间需要在两个物理信道上进行一发一收时，确定这些信息或者信道的优先次序，选取优先级最高的信息或信道进行发送或者接收，其它信息或信道则不进行发送或者接收。针对上述示例1，一种具体的实现方式可以为：当RX UE接收到SCI时，RX UE可以执行发送SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈。若RX UE发现由于优先化或冲突被低优先级等原因，而RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈，则RX UE可以在SL HARQ反馈资源中所包括的第一个符号，或者，SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer，停止retransmission timer。当RTT timer超时时，不论是否成功解码数据，RX UE都启动retransmission timer，以确保RX UE能够接收到这段时间内基站调度的新传SCI或重传，该重传包括当前HARQ进程的重传，和其它HARQ进程的重传，上述新传SCI也可以包括当前HARQ进程的新传SCI，或者其它HARQ进程的新传SCI。或者，换而言之，由于RX UE启动retransmission timer，RX UE处于唤醒态，RX UE可以接收到基站调度的数据，可以是新传SCI或者重传等，从而避免RX UE丢包。
继续介绍，RX UE启动RTT timer时，除了满足SCI的触发外，是否还需要满足其它条件。在一种示例2中，RX UE接收到SCI时，即可在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个符号，或者在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer。但不同与上述的是，当RTT timer超时时，RX UE并没有启动retransmission timer。而是RX UE还需要判断RX UE是否成功发送HARQ反馈，在RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈时，才启动retransmission timer。也即：RX UE在RTT timer超时，RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈时，RX UE启动retransmission timer。在一种可能的示例中，上述过程启动retransmission timer的过程可如下：RX UE接收到来自TX UE的SCI时，可在用于发送该SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈的资源中的第一个符号，或者，在用于发送SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈的资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer。在RTT timer超时时，RX UE可判断上述SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，是否发送成功。若未发送成功，则启动retransmission timer。关于在RX UE成功发送上述HARQ反馈的情况下，是否利用本申请的方案，不作限定。例如，在一种可能的方式中，在RX UE成功发送上述HARQ反馈时，该HARQ为NACK，即未成功解码数据时，RX UE才启动retransmission timer等。
在本申请实施例中，RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈的原因可以包括RX UE因优先化prioritization或冲突等原因，导致RX UE未成功发送HARQ反馈。针对上述示例2，一种可能的实现方式中，RX UE接收到SCI后，在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个符号，或所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer，停止retransmission timer；当RTT timer超时，若Rx UE成功解码数据但因冲突被低优先级而未成功发送HARQ，则RX UE启动retransmission timer。
继续介绍，RX UE启动RTT timer时，除了满足SCI的触发外，是否还需要满足其它条件。在一种示例3中，RX UE接收到SCI时，即可在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个符号，或者在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer。当RTT timer超时时，RX UE启动retransmission timer。在一种示例中，上述过程还可以描述为：当RX UE接收到SCI后，RX UE不论是否成功发送HARQ，在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个符号，或SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer，停止retransmission timer；当RTT timer超时时，(不论是否成功解码数据)，RX UE启动retransmission timer。
通过上述实现方式使得RX UE在发送HARQ反馈失败的情况下，仍能启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，从而可解决由于RX UE发送HARQ反馈失败或未发送HARQ反馈的情况下，未启动retransmission timer，导致的RX UE丢包的问题。
在本申请实施例一中，重点关于RX UE如何启动RTT timer和retransmission timer。对于TX UE如何启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，不作限定。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，TX UE仍可沿用与上述RX UE侧相似的方案，启动RTT timer和retransmission timer等。例如，在一种可能的实施例方式中，上述图2C所示的流程，还可以包括：
步骤203：TX UE根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动RTT timer。TX UE在发送SCI后，可以SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，或者在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer。关于SL HARQ反馈资源可以是配置的等。例如，可以是TX UE配置给TX UE的，因此关于SL HARQ反馈资源的具体位置，TX UE是可以获知的。以上述SL HARQ反馈资源是配置的为例。TX UE在发送SCI后，可以在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，或者，在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer。与上述相似，在TX UE在启动RTT timer时，若retransmission timer正在运行，则TX UE还可以停止retransmission timer。
通过上述步骤200至步骤201中的描述可以看出，对于RX UE启动上述描述的方式，启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，可以避免RX UE侧的丢包。而在本申请实施例中，若TX UE与RX UE采用相同的方式，启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，即步骤203和步骤204的方案，TX UE和RX UE采用相同的方案，启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，可以使得两者的激活时间对齐。
步骤204：TX UE可根据RTT timer，启动或不启动retransmission timer等。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，当RTT timer超时时，TX UE可以启动retransmission timer。或者，当RTT timer超时时，TX UE可以判断TX UE是否满足预设条件，如果满足，启动retransmission timer等。例如上述预设条件可以包括以下的一种或多种等，不作限定:
1、TX UE成功收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为NACK。
2、TX UE未成功收到所述HARQ反馈。
3、TX UE向网络设备发送HARQ反馈且该HARQ反馈为NACK等。
通过上述方法，TX UE和RX UE可以根据SL HARQ反馈资源，来启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，从而可以对齐两者RTT timer和retransmission timer的启动，避免出现TX UE向基站发送NACK时，启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，但RX UE侧由于未成功发送HARQ反馈，未启动RTT timer和retransmission timer，RX UE处于睡眠状态，RX UE接收不到TX UE重传的SL数据，导致RX UE侧丢包的问题。
本申请实施例还提供一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法与上述图2C所示流程的方式的区别在于：在上述图2C所示的流程中，UE在满足一定的条件时，先启动RTT timer，根据RTT timer，启动retransmission timer。而在该方法中，UE在满足一定的条件时，启动retransmission timer。
以第一通信设备为RX UE，第二通信设备为TX UE，第二定时器为retransmission timer为例。如图3所示，提供一种侧行链路通信方法的流程，至少包括以下：
步骤300：RX UE接收来自TX UE的侧行链路控制信息。该侧行链路控制信息可以为SCI、PSCCH、第一级SCI、第二级SCI，或第一级SCI和第二级SCI等。在下述描述中，以侧行链路控制信息为SCI为例。
步骤301：RX UE根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动retransmission timer，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输所述SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈。
关于RX UE根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动retransmission timer的过程，与上述RX UE根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动RTT timer的过程，相似，不再赘述，两者可相互参见，例如，可以参考上述步骤201中的相关描述。比如，在一种可能的实现方式中，RX UE在接收到SCI时，可在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个符号，或者在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动retransmission timer。或者，RX UE在接收到SCI时，可判断当前是否满足预设条件，若满足，则启动retransmission timer。若不满足，则RX UE则不启动retransmission timer等。在一种示例1中，上述预设条件可以为TX UE未成功发送SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，且未发送HARQ反馈的原因可能是：因RX UE自身冲突或优先化等原因等。则RX UE在接收到SCI后，当判断因冲突被优先级或优化先等原因，未成功发送HARQ时，RX UE可以在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个符号，或者在SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动retransmission timer等。
与上述相似，该实施例一重点关注：RX UE侧如何启动retransmission timer的过程。对于TX UE侧如何启动retransmission tiemr的过程，不作限定。例如，在一种可能的实现主式中，上述图3所示的流程中，还可以包括：
步骤302：TX UE根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动retransmission timer。例如，TX UE在发送SCI时，可在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，或SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动retransmission timer。或者，TX UE在发送SCI后，且满足预设条件时，在SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，或者SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动retransmission timer。关于需要满足的预设条件，可参见上述图2C中的介绍，不再赘述。
通过上述，RX UE可以在满足上述条件时，启动retransmission timer可以解决由于RX UE发送HARQ反馈失败，RX UE未启动retransmission timer，RX UE处于睡眠状，导致的RX UE丢包的问题；在本申请实施例的方案中，RX UE还可以尽早的启动retransmission timer。
实施例二。
本申请实施例二提供一种侧行链路通信方法，如图4所示，该方法可应用于RX UE成功发送HARQ反馈，但TX UE由于自身收发冲突，未成功接收该HARQ反馈的场景。在介绍该方法之前，先对该实施例的描述作如下说明：1、在下述描述中，TX UE未接收到HARQ反馈，还可以替换为TX UE未接收到PSFCH。2、在下述描述中，若没有限定HARQ一定是NACK的情况，下述HARQ可以替换为ACK或NACK等。在后续描述中，如无特别之处，不再重复说明。
以第一通信设备为TX UE，第二通信设备为RX UE，第一定时器为RTT timer，第二定时器为retransmission tiem为例。如图5所示，提供一种侧行链路通信方法的流程，至少包括：
步骤500：TX UE向RX UE发送侧行链路控制信息。关于侧行链路控制信息的解释和说明，可参见上述步骤200中的介绍，此处不再赘述。在下述描述中，以侧行链路控制信息为SCI为例。
步骤501：RX UE向TX UE发送HARQ反馈，该HARQ反馈包括SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈。
例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，若RX UE在接收到上述SCI后，若对SCI或SCI调度的SL数据解码成功，则RX UE向TX UE发送的HARQ反馈可以为ACK；或者，若RX UE对SCI或SCI调度的SL数据解码失败，则RX UE向TX UE发送的HARQ反馈可以为NACK等。
可选的，步骤502：TX UE确定未接收到HARQ反馈。
通过上述描述可以，在上述步骤501中，RX UE向TX UE发送HARQ反馈。但由于各种原因，可能TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈。可选的，TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈的原因可以包括TX UE因收发冲突或优先化prioritization，未接收到上述HARQ反馈。关于TX UE自身收发冲突可以包括：TX UE发送HARQ反馈的资源与接收HARQ反馈的资源冲突，上述冲突的资源可以包括时域资源重叠，或频域资源重叠，或者时域资源和频域资源均重叠等，从而导致TX UE接收HARQ反馈失败等。
步骤503：TX UE向RX UE发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示TX UE未接收到所述HARQ反馈。
在本申请实施例中，RX UE在接收上述用于指示TX UE未接收到HARQ反馈的指示信息时，可执行以下操作：RX UE在RTT timer超时时，可启动retransmission timer，不再考虑是否解码成功等条件。这样做的原因如下：由于在当前方案中，RX UE发送HARQ反馈后，会启动RTT timer。当RTT timer超时时，RX UE未成功解码数据时，才会启动retransmission timer。而在本申请实施例中，由于TX UE没有接收到SL HARQ反馈，TX UE可以向基站发送NACK，以请求基站分配重传的SL资源，且在基站分配的重传的SL资源上，向RX UE发送重传的SL数据等。在本申请实施例中，为了确保RX UE可以接收到上述重传的SL的数据，TX UE可以向RX UE发送上述指示，RX UE在接收到上述指示时，RX UE在RTT timer超时时，无论是否成功解码数据，都启动retransmission timer，从而确保RX UE可以启动retransmission timer，接收到TX UE重传的SL数据，避免RX UE丢包。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，为了确定RX UE可以接收到上述第一指示信息，则RX UE在发送HARQ反馈之后，还可以启动第五定时器，在第五定时器的运行期间，RX UE处于激活时间，即唤醒态。
进一步的，当RX UE发送所述HARQ反馈时或后，RX UE还可以启动RTT timer。例如，RX UE在发送所述HARQ反馈后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer。当RTT timer超时时，且接收到上述第一指示信息时，启动retransmission timer。若RX UE未接收到上述第一指示信息，当RTT tiemr超时时，RX UE是否启动retransmission timer的方案不作限定。例如，在一种可能的实现方式中，若RX UE未接收到上述第一指示信息，当RTT timer超时时，若RX UE解码数据失败，则启动retransmission timer；而若RX UE解码数据成功，则不启动retransmission timer等。
关于上述方法，提供一种具体的示例，该示例包括：TX UE向RX UE发送SCI；RX UE 接收到该SCI时，向TX UE发送该SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈。TX UE由于自身发送PSFCH的资源与接收PSFCH的资源发送冲突，优先发送PSFCH，可能会导致TX UE未接收到RX UE的PSFCH，则TX UE可以向RX UE发送指示信息，该指示信息用于指示RX UE未接收到PSFCH。RX UE收到上述指示信息后，当RTT timer超时时，(不论是否成功解码数据)，RX UE均启动retransmission timer，以确保能收到这段时间内基站调度的SL数据，该SL数据中包括新传SCI或当前或其它SL HARQ进程的重传等。可选的，为了确定RX UE可以接收到上述指示信息，RX UE在发送HARQ反馈后，可启动第五定时器，例如定时器T1，该第五定时器的运行期间，RX UE为激活时间，即唤醒态。
通过上述方法，当TX UE确定由于自身收发冲突或优先化等原因，未接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈时，TX UE可以向RX UE发送指示信息。RX UE在接收到该指示信息时，在RTT timer超时时，无论是否成功解码数据，都启动retransmission timer，从而可以使RX UE处于唤醒态，接收到TX UE发送的重传，避免RX UE侧丢包。
实施例三。
该实施例三提供一种侧行链路通信方法，应用场景可以为：RX UE成功发送HARQ反馈，但TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈。与上述实施例二不同的是，当前TX UE未接收到HARQ反馈的原因，并不是由于TX UE自身收发冲突或优先化prioritization等造成的。
在介绍本申请实施例的方法之前，先对该实施例的描述作如下说明：1、在以下描述中，HARQ反馈可以替换为PSFCH。2、在以下描述中，若没有限定HARQ一定是NACK，则HARQ可以替换为ACK或NACK等。如无特别之处，不再重复说明。
以第一通信设备为TX UE，第二通信设备为RX UE，第三通信设备为网络设备，第一定时器为RTT timer，第二定时器为retransmission timer为例。如图6所示，提供一种侧行链路通信方法的流程，至少包括：
步骤600：TX UE向RX UE发送侧行链路控制信息。关于侧行链路控制信息的解释和说明，可参见上述步骤200中的介绍，此处不再赘述。在下述描述中，以侧行链路控制信息为SCI为例，进行描述。
步骤601：RX UE向TX UE发送HARQ反馈，该HARQ反馈为SCI或SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈。
示例的，RX UE在接收到上述SCI时，可确定上述SCI或SCI调度的SL数据是否成功解码。若成功解码，则RX UE向TX UE发送的HARQ反馈为ACK；否则，RX UE向TX UE发送的HARQ反馈为NACK。
步骤602：TX UE确定未接收到HARQ反馈。
通过上述描述可以看出，在步骤601中，RX UE向TX UE发送HARQ反馈，但在步骤602中，TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈。在本申请实施例中，对TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈的原因不作限定。比如，TX UE可以因自身收发冲突，或优先化等，未接收到上述HARQ反馈，或者，TX UE可以为除上述原因外的其它原因未接收到HARQ反馈，比如传输条件恶劣等。在一种设计中，本申请实施例的方案，可以应用于，TX UE因自身收发冲突或优先级等外的其它原因，TX UE未接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈的场景等。
步骤603：TX UE向网络设备发送第二信息。可选的，由于TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈，因此，TX UE除向网络设备发送第二信息之外，还可以向网络设备发送NACK，该 NACK可用于向网络设备请求SL重传资源等。在TX UE向网络设备发送NACK和第二信息的情况下，上述NACK和第二信息可以单独发送，或者可携带于同一个消息中发送等，不作限定。
在一种可能的实现方式中，TX UE在确定未接收到上述HARQ反馈时，TX UE可以向网络设备发送第二信息，该第二信息用于指示TX UE未接收到上述HARQ反馈。网络设备在接收到上述TX UE未接收到HARQ反馈的第二信息时，网络设备可以在对应的HARQ进程的retransmission timer运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传。
或者，在另一种可能的实现方式中，TX UE在确定未接收到上述HARQ反馈时，TX UE可以请求网络设备在对应的HARQ进程的retransmission timer运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传。此时，TX UE可以向网络设备发送用于指示网络设备在对应的HARQ进程的retransmission timer运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传的第二信息等。
可选的，步骤604：网络设备在所述NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传。
针对上述图6所示的流程，如图7所示，提供一种具体的示例，包括：RX UE成功发送SL HARQ反馈，但TX UE未接收到RX UE的SL HARQ反馈。TX UE可以判断未接收到SL HARQ反馈的原因。当确定未接收到上述SL HARQ反馈的原因，并不是由于TX UE的自身收发冲突或优先化prioritization等引起的，则TX UE可以向基站反馈NACK时，指示基站在TX UE后续启动的Uu DRX的retransmission timer的运行期间不调度SL新传或其它HARQ进程的重传。关于上述TX UE后续启动的Uu DRX的retransmission timer可以解释为：TX UE向基站发送NACK对应的HARQ进程的retransmission timer，上述HARQ进程是Uu空口中的HARQ进程，在SL中一个对应的SL进程或SL HARQ进程。
通过上述方法，当RX UE成功发送HARQ反馈，但RX UE未成功接上述HARQ反馈时，TX UE可以向基站上报NACK。本申请的改进之处在于，TX UE除向基站上报NACK之外，还向基站上报第二信息，用于指示基站在NACK对应的HARQ进程的retransmission timer的运行期间，仅调度当前HARQ进程的重传。原因如下：在当前的方案中，当RX UE发送HARQ反馈后，RX UE可以启动RTT timer。当RTT timer超时时，RX UE未成功解码数据，即RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为NACK时，RX UE才启动retransmission timer。而当RTT timer超时，若RX UE成功解码数据，即RX UE发的HARQ反馈为ACK，RX UE不会启动retransmission timer。在本申请实施例中，由于TX UE没有接收到RX UE的HARQ反馈，TX UE并不知道RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为NACK，还是ACK。因此，在本申请实施例中，在上述情况下，TX UE不再区分RX UE发送的HARQ反馈是ACK还是NACK，TX UE统一向基站发送第二信息，以指示基站仅调度当前SL HARQ进程的重传，不调度SL新传或其它SL进程的重传。相应的，TX UE仅向RX UE发送当前SL HARQ进程的重传。这样做的好处如下：若RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为NACK，RX UE会在SL DRX上启动retransmission timer，RX UE可以接收到TX UE发送的当前SL HARQ进程的重传。而若RX UE发送的HARQ反馈为ACK，RX UE可能接收不到当前SL HARQ进程的重传，但由于RX UE反馈的HARQ反馈为ACK，代表对应SL进程的数据在上一次传输中已被RX UE成功解码，当前传输过程中接收不到，也没有问题。
实施例四。
该实施例四提供一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法的应用场景可以为：当TX UE与RX UE间的SL DRX的配置，与TX UE与基站间的Uu DRX的配置不匹配时，可能会导致RX UE接收不到RX UE的SL数据，导致RX UE丢包。比如，在一种场景中，当RX UE的SL DRX的retransmission timer超时时，RX UE处于睡眠态，不能监听SCI时，此时TX UE向RX UE发送重传的SCI等，RX UE将未能成功接收上述重传的SCI，导致RX UE丢包。
以第一通信设备为RX UE，第二通信设备为TX UE，第一DRX为Uu DRX，第二DRX为SL DRX，第一定时器为RTT timer，第二定时器为retransmission timer为例。如图8所示，提供一种侧行链路通信方法的流程，至少包括：
步骤800：RX UE接收来自TX UE的Uu DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
其中，TX UE可以自主的向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。例如，TX UE可以周期性的向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。或者，TX UE可以在满足第一条件时，向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息等。例如，上述第一条件可以包括以下至少一项：第一时间间隔发生变化；第一时间间隔的变化量大于第一阈值；Uu DRX的配置信息发生变化；Uu DRX的配置信息的变化量大于第二阈值等。关于第一阈值，第二阈值可以是协议规定的，或预配置的等，不作限定。
或者，在另一种可能的实现方式中，TX UE可以根据RX UE的请求，向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息等。例如，RX UE可以向TX UE发送第一请求消息，第一请求消息用于请求RX UE向TX UE发送Uu DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息；TX UE在接收到上述第一请求消息时，TX UE向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息等。
关于上述Uu DRX的配置信息作如下说明：Uu DRX的配置信息中可包括RTT timer的配置和retransmission timer的配置。例如，RTT timer的配置信息可以为RTT timer的运行时长等，retransmission timer的配置信息可以为retransmission timer的运行时长等。关于第一时间间隔信息作如下说明：第一时间间隔可以为第一资源与第二资源间的时间间隔，或者第一资源与第二资源的时间间隔的最小值。例如，第一资源可以为PUCCH，第二资源可以为PSFCH。在以下描述中，以第一时间间隔为PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值为例进行描述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当RX UE接收到上述Uu DRX的配置信息和PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值时，RX UE可以执行以下操作：
步骤801a：RX UE根据Uu DRX的配置和/或PUCCH-PSFCF时间间隔的最小值，确定SL DRX的配置。示例的，SL DRX的配置中包括RTT timer的配置和retransmission timer的配置等。
可选的，步骤802a：当Uu DRX的配置与SL DRX的配置不匹配，或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值不合适时，RX UE可以向TX UE发送第一信息，该第一信息用于通知TX UE所述Uu DRX的配置与SL DRX的配置不匹配，或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值不合适。进一步的，TX UE可以通知网络设备，由网络设备调整Uu DRX的配置和/或 PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值等。示例的，PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值，与SL带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)的子载波间隔(sub-carrier space，SCS)配置和主小区上激活UL BWP的SCS配置相关。因此，在本申请实施例中，可以通过调整SL BWP的SCS配置，和/或主小区上激活UL BWP的SCS配置，调整PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，RX UE在上述步骤800中接收到Uu DRX的配置信息和/或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值时，RX UE可以将Uu DRX的配置信息和/或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值，通知网络设备，例如：
步骤801b：RX UE向其网络设备发送Uu DRX的配置信息和/或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值。
示例的，若SL DRX配置由RX UE的网络设备决定，RX UE对应的网络设备在接收到Uu DRX的配置信息和/或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值时，网络设备可以执行后续操作：例如，RX UE对应的网络设备，可以根据Uu DRX的配置信息和/或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值，确定SL DRX的配置信息。若发现Uu DRX的配置与SL DRX的配置不匹配，则可以调整SL DRX的配置。或者，通知RX UE Uu DRX的配置与SL DRX的配置不匹配，或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值不合适，再由RX UE将该信息告知TX UE，TX UE再将该信息告知其网络设备，TX UE对应的网络设备收到该信息后，调整Uu DRX的配置和/或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值等。
针对上述流程，提供一种具体的示例：TX UE可以向RX UE发送该TX UE作为接收端的Uu DRX U配置和PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值，上述Uu DRX配置中可以包括RTT timer配置和retransmission timer配置等。在一种可能的实现方式中，TX UE可以自主向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置和PUCCHH-PSFCH时间间隔的最小值。例如，当Uu DRX UE的RTT timer、retransmission timer或PUCCH-PSFCH时间间隔的最小值中的至少一项，发生变化或变化量小于预设门限时，则TX UE向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置和PUCCH-PSFCH时间间隔的最小值。或者，在另一种可能的实现方式中，当TX UE接收到RX UE的请求时，TX UE向RX UE发送Uu DRX的配置和PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值。
在该示例中，当RX UE接收到上述Uu DRX的配置和PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值，RX UE可以确定SL DRX的配置；之后，RX UE可判断SL DRX的配置与Uu DRX中的RTT timer和retransmission timer的取值是否相匹配；若不匹配，则RX UE可以通知TX UE。后续，TX UE在接收到上述不匹配的通知时，TX UE可以请求对应的基站更改Uu DRX中的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer取值；和/或，TX UE请求基站更改SL BWP的SCS配置或主小区上激活UL BWP的SCS的配置等，以更新PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值等。
在上述通知“不匹配”相关的方法中，RX UE的网络设备向RX UE，或RX UE向TX UE，或TX UE向TX UE的网络设备还可以发送Uu DRX的配置的调整信息和/或PSFCH-PUCCH时间间隔的最小值的调整信息，该调整信息可以跟“不匹配”的通知一起发送，或者分开发送。
通过上述方法，可以使得SL DRX的配置与Uu DRX的配置相匹配，从而避免RX UE接收不到基站在Uu DRX的retransmission timer运行期间内调度的SL重传和/或新传。
实施例五。
本申请实施例五提供一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法的应用场景可以为：基站向TX UE发送的携带SL授权的DCI或RRC中，可以包括SL HARQ反馈资源的指示信息。若存在SL HARQ反馈资源，则代表TX UE可向基站发送SL HARQ反馈。否则，代表TX UE无需向基站发送SL HARQ反馈。对于无SL HARQ反馈资源的情况，TX UE和基站间的Uu DRX可以不启动RTT timer和retransmission timer。但是RX UE不知道当前某个SL HARQ进程未配置SL HARQ反馈资源，若RX UE在SL DRX上启动对应的retransmission timer，则浪费RX UE的功耗。
以第一通信设备为TX UE，第二通信设备为RX UE，第三通信设备为网络设备，第一DRX为Uu DRX，第二DRX为SL DRX，第一定时器和第二定时器，分别为SL DRX关联的RTT timer和retransmission timer。第三定时器和第四定时器，分别为Uu DRX关联的RTT timer和retransmission timer为例。如图9所示，提供一种侧行链路通信方法的流程，至少包括：
步骤900：TX UE接收来自网络设备的第二信息，该第二信息可以为DCI或RRC等，该第二信息中可以携带SL授权信息。该第二信息中可以携带有指示信息，该指示信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，或用于指示SL HARQ反馈资源(此时若该指示信息为空则表示不存在SL HARQ反馈资源)，该SL HARQ反馈资源可以为PUCCH资源，或PUSCH资源等。该SL HARQ反馈资源用于TX UE向网络设备发送SL的HARQ反馈。可选的，该第二信息中还可以携带有SL grant等，该SL grant用于网络设备为基站分配SL资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息中携带有指示信息，该指示信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，可以具体为：该指示信息用于指示第一SL进程或第一SL传输块(transport block，TB)存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源。
步骤901：TX UE根据第二信息，向RX UE发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于通知在SL DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer，上述SL进程可以为SL HARQ进程等，或者，第三信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源。
可选的，步骤902：RX UE根据第三信息，确定在SL DRX上启动或不启动对应的SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当上述第三信息用于通知在SL DRX对应的SL进程启动RTT timer和/或retransmission timer，或者，第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，RX UE在满足第一条件时，在SL DRX上启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一条件可以为RX UE接收到SCI后，在PSFCH资源中的第一个符号，或者，在PSFCH资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer，RX UE在RTT timer超时时，启动retransmission timer。在另一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一条件可以为RX UE在发送SL HARQ反馈后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer。在RTT timer超时时，且未成功解码SL数据时，启动retransmission timer。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第三信息用于通知在SL DRX对应的SL进程不启动RTT timer和/或retransmission timer，或者，所述第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，RX UE在满足上述第一条件时，在SL DRX不启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。关于第一条件可参见上述，不再赘述。
可选的，步骤903：TX UE根据第二信息，确定在Uu DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer，和/或，确定在SL DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第二信息指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，则TX UE在满足第二条件时，在Uu DRX上启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer示例的，上述第二条件可以包括：TX UE在接收到DCI时或后，在用于TX UE与网络之间的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个符号，或者SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer。在RTT timer超时时，TX UE启动retransmission timer。或者，上述第二条件可以包括：TX UE在发送SL HARQ反馈后的第一个符号，启动RTT timer。在RTT timer超时时，且收到RX UE的SL HARQ反馈为NACK，或未收到RX UE的SL HARQ反馈(配置了资源)时，TX UE启动retransmission timer。
进一步的，当第二信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，TX UE在满足第三条件时，还可以在SL DRX上启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。示例的，上述第三条件可以包括：TX UE在向RX UE发送SCI时，在用于TX UE与RX UE之间的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，或该资源后的第一个时间单元，启动RTT timer；在RTT timer超时时，启动retransmission timer，或者，在RTT timer超时时，若收到RX UE的SL HARQ反馈为NACK，或未收到RX UE的SL HARQ反馈(配置了资源)，启动retransmission timer。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二信息指示不存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，TX UE在满足上述第二条件时，在Uu DRX上不启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。关于第二条件可参见上述，不再赘述。
进一步的，当所述第二信息指示不存SL HARQ反馈资源时，TX UE在满足第三条件时，TX UE在SL DRX上不启动对应SL进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。关于第三条件可参见上述，不再赘述。
针对上述图9所示的流程，提供一种具体的示例，如图10所示，在该实施例中，TX UE可以从基站接收DCI或RRC，该DCI或RRC可以携带有SL授权grant。示例的，上述DCI可以为用于DG或CG type2中的DCI，RRC可以为用于CG type1中的RRC等。
在一种可能的实现方式中，若TX UE从基站接到的DCI或RRC指示有用于TX向网络发送SL HARQ反馈的资源(如PUCCH资源或PUSCH资源)，则TX UE执行以下操作：TX UE在Uu DRX和SL DRX上，在满足当前条件时，分别启动对应的HARQ进程的RTT timer和/或sl retransmission timer。TX UE通知RX UE在对应的SL HARQ进程上(SL DRX)在满足当前条件时启动RTT time/retransmission timer，或通知RX UE“对应的sl HARQ进程有PUCCH资源”。RX UE据此在满足当前条件时，启动对应sl HARQ进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，若TX UE从基站接收到的DCI或RRC指示无用于TX向网络发送SL HARQ反馈的资源，则TX UE执行以下操作：TX UE在Uu DRX和SL DRX上，不启动对应的HARQ进程的RTT timer和/或retransmission timer。TX UE通知RX UE在对应的SL HARQ进程上(SL DRX)不启动RTT time和/或retransmission timer，或通知RX UE“对应的SL HARQ进程无PUCCH资源”；RX UE据此确定不启动对应SL HARQ进程的RTT time和/或retransmission timer。
通过上述方法，可以避免当RX UE不知道某个SL HARQ进程因未配置PUCCH资源，而TX UE在Uu DRX上未启动对应的RTT timer和sl retransmission timer时，RX UE自身启动SL DRX上对应的retransmission timer时，而造成的RX UE的功耗浪费。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中，上述各个实施例可单独使用，或者组合使用等，不作限定。比如，在一种可能的设计中，上述实施例二和实施例三可以组合使用，例如当TX UE是由于自身冲突或优先化等原因，接收不到RX UE的SL HARQ反馈时，可使用上述实施例二中的方案，也当TX UE是由于其它原因，接收不到RX UE的SL HARQ反馈时，可使用上述实施例三中的方案等。
参考图11，为本申请实施例提供的装置1100的示意图。该装置用于实现上述方法实施例中第一通信设备，第二通信设备或第三通信设备所执行方法的功能。如图11所示，该装置1100包括收发单元1110和处理单元1120。
在第一个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第一通信设备或第一通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于接收来自第二通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；处理单元1120，用于根据侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；处理单元1120，还用于根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器；其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：在所述SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元1120，还用于：停止所述第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈为肯定确认ACK或否定确认NACK；根据所述SL HARQ反馈资源，启动所述第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，成功或失败解码所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器，或者，当所述第一定时器超时时，启动所述第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器，所述HARQ反馈为ACK或NACK；或者，当所述第一定时器超时时，成功发送或发送所述HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为NACK，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，包括：因优先化prioritization或冲突，未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：成功 或失败发送所述SCI或所述SCI调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；根据所述SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，启动所述第二定时器。(无论是否成功解码SL数据，都启动第二定时器)。
在第二个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第二通信设备或第二通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于向第一通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；处理单元1120，用于根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器；处理单元1120，还用于根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：在所述SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元1120，还用于：停止所述第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，启动所述第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：当所述第一定时器超时时，若所述第二通信设备成功收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为NACK，或所述第二通信设备未成功收到所述HARQ反馈，或所述第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送HARQ反馈且该HARQ反馈为NACK，则所述第二通信设备启动所述第二定时器。
在第三个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第一通信设备或第一通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于向第二通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；处理单元1120，用于确定未接收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；收发单元1110，还用于向所述第二通信设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到所述HARQ反馈。
所述确定未接收到所述HARQ反馈，包括：因收发冲突或优先化prioritization，未接收到所述HARQ反馈。
在第四个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第二通信设备或第二通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于接收来自第一通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；收发单元1110，还用于向第一通信设备发送HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；收发单元1110，还用于接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到所 述HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：处理单元1120，用于在发送所述HARQ反馈后，启动第三定时器，在所述第三定时器的运行期间，所述第二通信设备处于激活时间。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述未接收到所述HARQ反馈，包括：因收发冲突或优先化prioritization，未接收到所述HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元1120，还用于：发送所述HARQ反馈时或后，启动第一定时器；或者，发送所述HARQ反馈后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元1120，还用于：当所述第一定时器超时时，启动第二定时器。
在第五个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第一通信设备或第一通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于向第二通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；处理单元1120，用于确定未接收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；收发单元1110，还用于向第三通信设备发送第二信息，或NACK和第二信息；其中，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到所述HARQ反馈，或者，所述第二信息用于指示所述第三通信设备在所述NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在第六个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第一通信设备或第一通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于接收来自第一通信设备的第二信息，或NACK和第二信息；其中，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一通信设备未接收到HARQ反馈，或者，所述第二信息用于指示所述第三通信设备在所述NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长；处理单元1120，用于在所述NACK对应的HARQ进程的第二定时器运行期间，不调度SL新传或其它用于SL的HARQ进程的重传。
在第七个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第一通信设备或第一通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用接收来自第二通信设备的第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为所述通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；处理单元1120，用于根据所述第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，确定第二DRX配置，所述第二DRX配置为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX配置；或者，收发单元1110，还用于向其第三通信设备发送所述第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元1110，还用于在所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配时，向所述第二通信设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所 述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配。
在一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元1110，还用于向所述第二通信设备发送第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，所述第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；其中，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在第八个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第二通信设备或第二通信设备中的芯片，则：
处理单元1120，用于确定第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为所述第二通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；收发单元1110，用于向第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元1110，还用于：接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与第二DRX的配置不匹配，所述第二DRX配置为第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的DRX，所述第二DRX的配置用于所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的SL通信，或者，所述第二DRX配置用于所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在满足第一条件时，收发单元1110执行向所述第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息的步骤。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一条件包括以下至少一项：所述第一时间间隔发生变化；所述第一时间间隔的变化量大于第一阈值；所述第一DRX的配置信息发生变化；所述第一DRX的配置信息的变化量大于第二阈值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元1110，还用于：接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，所述第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；其中，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在第九个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第一通信设备或第一通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于接收来自第三通信设备的第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示存在 或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于所述第一通信设备向第三通信设备发送SL的HARQ反馈；处理单元1120，用于根据所述第二信息，向第二通信设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于通知在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者第三信息用于指示存在或不存在所述SL HARQ反馈资源；和/或，处理单元1120，还用于根据所述第二信息，确定在第一DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第三定时器和/或第四定时器，和/或，确定在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。其中，所述第一DRX为所述第一通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX，所述第二DRX为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源，包括：所述第二信息用于指示第一SL进程或第一SL传输块TB存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二信息指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，所述第三信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程启动所述第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，所述第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源；和/或，所述第一通信设备在满足第一条件时，在第一DRX上启动对应SL进程的第三定时器和/或第四定时器，和/或，所述第一通信设备在满足第二条件时，在第二DRX上启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二信息指示不存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，所述第二信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程不启动所述第一定时器和/或所述第二定时器；或者，所述第二信息用于指示不存在SL HARQ反馈资源；和/或，所述第一通信设备在满足第一条件时，在第一DRX上不启动对应SL进程的第三定时器和/或第四定时器，和/或，所述第一通信设备在满足第二条件时，在第二DRX上不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
在第九个实施例中，上述装置1100可以为第三通信设备或第三通信设备中的芯片，则：
收发单元1110，用于接收来自第一通信设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于通知在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，所述第三信息用于指示存在或不存在SL HARQ反馈资源；处理单元1120，用于根据所述第三信息，确定在第二DRX上启动或不启动对应的SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器，所述第二DRX为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第三信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程启动所述第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，所述第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，所述第二终端设备在满足第三条件时，启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第三信息用于通知在第二DRX对应的SL进程不启 动所述第一定时器和/或第二定时器，或者，所述第三信息用于指示存在SL HARQ反馈资源时，所述第二通信设备在满足第三条件时，不启动对应SL进程的第一定时器和/或第二定时器。
应理解，以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分，实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上，也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现；也可以全部以硬件的形式实现；还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现，部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如，各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件，也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现，此外，也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中，由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起，也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器，可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。
在一个例子中，以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或，一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如，当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时，该处理元件可以是通用处理器，例如中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如，这些单元可以集成在一起，以片上系统(system-on-a-chip，SOC)的形式实现。
以上收发单元1110是一种该装置的接口电路，用于从其它装置接收信号或向其它装置发送信号。例如，当该装置以芯片的方式实现时，该收发单元1110是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路、或向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。
参考图12，为本申请实施例提供的装置1200的示意图。用于实现上述方法实施例中第一通信设备、第二通信设备或第三通信设备的功能。如图12所示，该装置包括：处理器1210和接口1230。可选的，该装置还可以包括存储器1220。接口1230用于实现与其他设备进行通信。
以上实施例中第一通信设备、第二通信设备执行的方法可以通过处理器1210调用存储器(可以是第一通信设备、第二通信设备或第三通信设备中的存储器1220，也可以是外部存储器)中存储的程序来实现。即，第一通信设备、第二通信设备或第三通信设备可以包括处理器1210，该处理器1210通过调用存储器中的程序，以执行上述方法实施例中第一通信设备、第二通信设备执行的方法。这里的处理器可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路，例如CPU。第一通信设备或第二通信设备可以通过配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路来实现。例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个微处理器DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA等，或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。或者，可以结合以上实现方式。
具体的，图11中的收发单元1110和处理单元1120的功能/实现过程可以通过图12所示的装置1200中的处理器1210调用存储器1220中存储的计算机可执行指令来实现。或者，图11中的处理单元1110的功能/实现过程可以通过图12所示的装置1200中的处理器1210调用存储器1220中存储的计算机执行指令来实现，图11中的收发单元1110的功能/ 实现过程可以通过图12中所示的装置1200中的接口1230来实现。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器，数字信号处理器，专用集成电路(ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置，离散门或晶体管逻辑，离散硬件部件，或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器，可选地，该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现，例如数字信号处理器和微处理器，多个微处理器，一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核，或任何其它类似的配置来实现。
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地，存储媒介可以与处理器连接，以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息，并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地，存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
在一个或多个示例性的设计中，本申请所描述的上述功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或这三者的任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现，这些功能可以存储与电脑可读的媒介上，或以一个或多个指令或代码形式传输于电脑可读的媒介上。电脑可读媒介包括电脑存储媒介和便于使得让电脑程序从一个地方转移到其它地方的通信媒介。存储媒介可以是任何通用或特殊电脑可以接入访问的可用媒体。例如，这样的电脑可读媒体可以包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储、磁盘存储或其它磁性存储装置，或其它任何可以用于承载或存储以指令或数据结构和其它可被通用或特殊电脑、或通用或特殊处理器读取形式的程序代码的媒介。此外，任何连接都可以被适当地定义为电脑可读媒介，例如，如果软件是从一个网站站点、服务器或其它远程资源通过一个同轴电缆、光纤电脑、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或以例如红外、无线和微波等无线方式传输的也被包含在所定义的电脑可读媒介中。所述的碟片(disk)和磁盘(disc)包括压缩磁盘、镭射盘、光盘、数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)、软盘和蓝光光盘，磁盘通常以磁性复制数据，而碟片通常以激光进行光学复制数据。上述的组合也可以包含在电脑可读媒介中。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。
以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请的保护范围，凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。本申请说明书的上述描述可以使得本领域技术任何可以利用或实现本申请的内容，任何基于所公开内容的修改都应该被认为是本领域显而易见的，本申请所描述的基本原则可以应用到其它变形中而不偏离本申请的发明本质和范围。因此，本申请所公开的内容不仅仅局限于所描述的实施例和设计，还可以扩展到与本申请原则和所公开的新特征一致的最大范围。
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包括这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (51)

  1. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一通信设备接收来自第二通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；
    所述第一通信设备根据侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；
    其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：
    所述第一通信设备在所述SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    所述第一通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    所述第一通信设备在所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    所述第一通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：
    所述第一通信设备未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈为肯定确认ACK或否定确认NACK；
    所述第一通信设备根据所述SL HARQ反馈资源，启动所述第一定时器。
  4. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器，包括：
    当所述第一定时器超时时，若所述第一通信设备成功或失败解码所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器，或者，
    当所述第一定时器超时时，所述第一通信设备启动所述第二定时器。
  5. 如权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，包括：
    所述第一通信设备因优先化prioritization或冲突，未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈。
  6. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；
    所述第二通信设备根据侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器；
    所述第二通信设备根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；
    其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二通信设备根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：
    所述第二通信设备在所述SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    所述第二通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    所述第二通信设备在所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    所述第二通信设备在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
  8. 如权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第二定时器在运行，所述方法还包括：所述第二通信设备停止所述第二定时器。
  9. 如权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二通信设备根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：
    当所述第一定时器超时时，所述第二通信设备启动所述第二定时器。
  10. 如权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二通信设备根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：
    当所述第一定时器超时时，若所述第二通信设备成功收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为否定确认NACK，或所述第二通信设备未成功收到所述HARQ反馈，或所述第二通信设备向第三通信设备发送HARQ反馈且该HARQ反馈为NACK，则所述第二通信设备启动所述第二定时器。
  11. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一通信设备接收来自第二通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为所述第一通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为所述第二通信设备向所述第三通信设备发送侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第一DRX配置信息和/或所述第一时间间隔信息，确定第二DRX配置，所述第二DRX配置为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX配置；或者，
    所述第一通信设备向所述第三通信设备发送所述第一DRX配置信息和/或所述第一时间间隔信息。
  12. 如权利要求11所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    当所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配时，所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配。
  14. 如权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
  15. 如权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，所述第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；
    其中，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  16. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二通信设备确定第一非连续接收DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为所述第二通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为所述第二通信设备向所述第三通信设备发送侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；
    所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX配置信息和/或所述第一时间间隔信息。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述第二通信设备接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与第二DRX的配置不匹配，所述第二DRX配置为第一通信设备与第二通信设备间的DRX，所述第二DRX的配置用于所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的SL通信，或者，所述第二DRX配置用于所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的信息。
  19. 如权利要求16至18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在满足第一条件时，所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息的步骤。
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一条件包括以下至少一项：
    所述第一时间间隔发生变化；
    所述第一时间间隔的变化量大于第一阈值；
    所述第一DRX的配置信息发生变化；
    所述第一DRX的配置信息的变化量大于第二阈值。
  21. 如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述第二通信设备接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时 间间隔信息。
  22. 如权利要求16至21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，所述第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；
    其中，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  23. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收来自第二通信设备的侧行链路控制信息；
    处理单元，用于根据侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，所述SL HARQ反馈资源用于传输所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；
    其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：
    在所述SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    在所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
  25. 如权利要求23或24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：
    未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈为肯定确认ACK或否定确认NACK；
    根据所述SL HARQ反馈资源，启动所述第一定时器。
  26. 如权利要求23或24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动所述第二定时器，包括：
    当所述第一定时器超时时，若成功或失败解码所述侧行链路控制信息或所述侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据，启动所述第二定时器，或者，
    当所述第一定时器超时时，启动所述第二定时器。
  27. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈，包括：
    因优先化prioritization或冲突，未成功发送或未发送所述HARQ反馈。
  28. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于向第一通信设备发送侧行链路控制信息；
    处理单元，用于根据侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器；
    其中，所述第一定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据SL HARQ反馈资源，启动第一定时器，包括：
    在所述SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源中的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    在所述SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器；或者，
    在配置的SL HARQ反馈资源后的第一个时间单元，启动所述第一定时器。
  30. 如权利要求28或29所述的装置，其特征在于，若所述第二定时器在运行，所述处理单元还用于：停止所述第二定时器。
  31. 如权利要求28至30中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：
    当所述第一定时器超时时，启动所述第二定时器。
  32. 如权利要求28至30中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据所述第一定时器，启动或不启动第二定时器，包括：
    当所述第一定时器超时时，若成功收到HARQ反馈，所述HARQ反馈包括所述侧行链路控制信息或侧行链路控制信息调度的SL数据的HARQ反馈，且该HARQ反馈为否定确认NACK，或未成功收到所述HARQ反馈，或向第三通信设备发送HARQ反馈且该HARQ反馈为NACK，则启动所述第二定时器。
  33. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收来自第二通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为第一通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为第二通信设备向所述第三通信设备发送侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；
    处理单元，用于根据所述第一DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，确定第二DRX配置，所述第二DRX配置为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX配置；或者，
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第三通信设备发送所述第一DRX配置信息和/或所述第一时间间隔信息。
  34. 如权利要求33所述装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
  35. 如权利要求33或34所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    当所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配时，向所述第二通信设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与所述第二DRX的配置不匹配。
  36. 如权利要求33至35中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    向所述第二通信设备发送第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
  37. 如权利要求33至36中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一DRX的配置中 包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，所述第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；
    其中，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  38. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定第一非连续接收DRX配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息，所述第一DRX配置为第二通信设备与第三通信设备间的DRX配置，所述第一时间间隔为第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔，所述第一资源为所述第二通信设备向所述第三通信设备发送侧行链路SL混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈的资源，所述第二资源为第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送SL HARQ反馈的资源；
    收发单元，用于向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX配置信息和/或所述第一时间间隔信息。
  39. 如权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间间隔包括第一资源和第二资源间的时间间隔的最小值。
  40. 如权利要求38或39所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于通知所述第二通信设备所述第一DRX的配置与第二DRX的配置不匹配，所述第二DRX配置为所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的DRX，所述第二DRX的配置用于所述第一通信设备与所述第二通信设备间的SL通信，或者，所述第二DRX配置用于所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的信息。
  41. 如权利要求38至40中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在满足第一条件时，所述收发单元执行向所述第一通信设备发送第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息的步骤。
  42. 如权利要求41所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一条件包括以下至少一项：
    所述第一时间间隔发生变化；
    所述第一时间间隔的变化量大于第一阈值；
    所述第一DRX的配置信息发生变化；
    所述第一DRX的配置信息的变化量大于第二阈值。
  43. 如权利要求38至42中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元，还用于：
    接收来自所述第一通信设备的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一DRX的配置信息和/或第一时间间隔信息。
  44. 如权利要求38至43中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一DRX的配置中包括第三定时器的配置和第四定时器的配置，所述第二DRX的配置中包括第一定时器的配置和第二定时器的配置；
    其中，所述第一定时器和/或所述第三定时器用于指示期望用于SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息到达前的最小时长，所述第二定时器和/或所述第四时器用于指示收到SL重传的资源配置信息或授权信息所需的最大时长。
  45. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器和所述存储器耦合，所述处理器用于执行权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法，或者用于执行权利要求11至15任 一项所述的方法。
  46. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器和所述存储器耦合，所述处理器用于执行权利要求6至10任一项所述的方法，或者，用于执行权利要求16至22中任一项所述的方法。
  47. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括权利要求23至27中任一项所述的装置和权利要求28至32任一项所述的装置，或者包括权利要求33至37中任一项所述的装置和权利要求38至44中任一项所述的装置，或者包括权利要求45所述的装置和权利要求46所述的装置。
  48. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法，或者权利要求11至15任一项所述的方法。
  49. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行权利要求6至10任一项所述的方法，或者权利要求16至22任一项所述的方法。
  50. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当其在计算机上运行时，实现上述权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法，或者权利要求11至15任一项所述的方法。
  51. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当其在计算机上运行时，实现上述权利要求6至10任一项所述的方法，或者权利要求16至22任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/075845 2021-02-10 2022-02-10 一种侧行链路通信方法及装置 WO2022171173A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023548360A JP2024507760A (ja) 2021-02-10 2022-02-10 サイドリンク通信方法および装置
EP22752333.9A EP4284074A4 (en) 2021-02-10 2022-02-10 SIDELINK COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS
US18/446,784 US20230389047A1 (en) 2021-02-10 2023-08-09 Sidelink communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110185648.0 2021-02-10
CN202110185648.0A CN114916048B (zh) 2021-02-10 2021-02-10 一种侧行链路通信方法及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/446,784 Continuation US20230389047A1 (en) 2021-02-10 2023-08-09 Sidelink communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022171173A1 true WO2022171173A1 (zh) 2022-08-18

Family

ID=82761155

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/075845 WO2022171173A1 (zh) 2021-02-10 2022-02-10 一种侧行链路通信方法及装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20230389047A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4284074A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2024507760A (zh)
CN (1) CN114916048B (zh)
WO (1) WO2022171173A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024099218A1 (en) * 2022-11-11 2024-05-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Sidelink communication with multiple feedback resources

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022186670A1 (ko) * 2021-03-05 2022-09-09 엘지전자 주식회사 무선통신시스템에서 사이드링크 drx 타이머에 관련된 ue의 동작 방법
WO2024187476A1 (zh) * 2023-03-16 2024-09-19 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种sl重传定时器的启动或重启方法及通信装置

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111556590A (zh) * 2020-04-13 2020-08-18 中国信息通信研究院 一种边链路非连续接收方法

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA3014152C (en) * 2016-02-12 2023-02-14 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and method for drx mechanisms for single harq process operation in nb-iot
WO2019033056A1 (en) * 2017-08-10 2019-02-14 Babaei Alireza HARQ RETRANSMISSION AND CONTROL CHANNEL MONITORING
KR102416866B1 (ko) * 2019-02-21 2022-07-05 아서스테크 컴퓨터 인코포레이션 무선 통신 시스템에서 사이드링크 통신의 재송신 스케줄링을 개선하는 방법 및 장치
CN111800244A (zh) * 2019-04-01 2020-10-20 英特尔公司 Nr-v2x的物理侧链路反馈信道的设计

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111556590A (zh) * 2020-04-13 2020-08-18 中国信息通信研究院 一种边链路非连续接收方法

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Alignment between Uu DRX and SL DRX", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2101764, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20200125 - 20200205, 15 January 2021 (2021-01-15), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051974629 *
INTERDIGITAL INC.: "Discussion on Uu DRX for SL UE", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2009211, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20201101, 22 October 2020 (2020-10-22), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051942218 *
See also references of EP4284074A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024099218A1 (en) * 2022-11-11 2024-05-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Sidelink communication with multiple feedback resources

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114916048B (zh) 2024-10-15
CN114916048A (zh) 2022-08-16
JP2024507760A (ja) 2024-02-21
EP4284074A4 (en) 2024-07-24
EP4284074A1 (en) 2023-11-29
US20230389047A1 (en) 2023-11-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6637541B2 (ja) 無線通信システムにおいて、制御要素送信のためにリソースを要求するための方法及び装置
WO2022171173A1 (zh) 一种侧行链路通信方法及装置
WO2017041276A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法、终端及ran设备
EP4190119B1 (en) Drx operation for d2d communication
WO2011079814A1 (zh) 一种基于竞争资源的配置方法和装置
WO2021233164A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN116830734A (zh) 在无线通信系统中的drx操作方法及设备
WO2017049490A1 (zh) 控制信令处理方法、装置及设备
WO2022042705A1 (zh) 一种非连续接收drx方法及装置
JP7498850B2 (ja) Ｄ２ｄ通信用の複数のｄｒｘ設定
US20230319950A1 (en) Consideration of Active Reception Status in Resource Selection for D2D Communication
WO2022213705A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US20240039680A1 (en) Feedback Procedures for SL Power Saving UEs
WO2022021412A1 (zh) Cg配置方法、装置、设备及介质
WO2022178813A1 (zh) 一种侧行链路通信方法及装置
WO2022151449A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及系统
US20240188178A1 (en) Sidelink discontinuous reception procedures
WO2022027246A1 (en) Adaptive sensing based resource selection for d2d communication
US20240373505A1 (en) Alignment of DRX Cycles for Downlink Communication and D2D Communication
WO2022150975A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023165387A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
WO2022021411A1 (zh) Harq进程确定方法、装置、设备及介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22752333

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023548360

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022752333

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022752333

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230825

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE